1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
42 #include "filenames.h"
48 #include "completer.h"
51 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "gdb_assert.h"
57 #include "exceptions.h"
64 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 #include "parser-defs.h"
66 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
67 #include "continuations.h"
69 /* readline include files */
70 #include "readline/readline.h"
71 #include "readline/history.h"
73 /* readline defines this. */
76 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
77 #include "python/python.h"
79 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
80 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
81 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
83 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
85 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
87 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
89 static void disable_command (char *, int);
91 static void enable_command (char *, int);
93 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
97 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
99 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
101 static void clear_command (char *, int);
103 static void catch_command (char *, int);
105 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
107 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
109 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
111 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
113 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
114 struct symtab_and_line
,
117 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
119 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
123 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
124 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
125 struct obj_section
*, int);
127 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
129 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
132 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
133 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
135 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
136 struct address_space
*aspace
,
139 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
141 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
143 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
144 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
146 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
148 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
150 static void commands_command (char *, int);
152 static void condition_command (char *, int);
161 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
162 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
164 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
166 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
168 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
170 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
172 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
174 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
176 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
178 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
180 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
182 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
184 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
186 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
188 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
190 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
191 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
193 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
195 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
197 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
200 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
201 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
202 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
204 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
206 static void update_global_location_list (int);
208 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
210 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
212 static int is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
214 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
216 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
218 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
220 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
222 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
224 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
226 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
228 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
230 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a
231 static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */
232 #define is_marker_spec(s) \
233 (s != NULL && strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t'))
235 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
236 breakpoints share a single command list. */
237 struct counted_command_line
239 /* The reference count. */
242 /* The command list. */
243 struct command_line
*commands
;
246 struct command_line
*
247 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
249 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
252 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
253 current breakpoint. */
255 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
258 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
260 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
261 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
263 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
265 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
268 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
269 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
270 if such is available. */
271 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
274 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
275 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
278 fprintf_filtered (file
,
279 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
280 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
284 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
285 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
286 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
287 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
288 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
290 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
291 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
294 fprintf_filtered (file
,
295 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
296 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
300 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
301 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
302 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
303 use hardware breakpoints. */
304 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
306 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
307 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
310 fprintf_filtered (file
,
311 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
315 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
316 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
317 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
318 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
319 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
321 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
322 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
323 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
324 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
325 always_inserted_auto
,
330 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
332 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
333 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
335 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
336 fprintf_filtered (file
,
337 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
338 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
340 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
342 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
347 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
349 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
350 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
353 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
355 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
356 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
358 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
359 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
361 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
362 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
364 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
365 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the
366 current breakpoint. */
368 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
370 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
371 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
372 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
375 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
376 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
377 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
379 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
380 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
381 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
384 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
386 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
387 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
388 if (is_tracepoint (B))
390 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
392 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
394 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
396 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
398 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
400 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
402 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
403 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
404 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
405 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
406 an address you need to read. */
408 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
410 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
411 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
412 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
413 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
414 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
416 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
418 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
419 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
421 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
423 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
425 static int breakpoint_count
;
427 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
428 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
429 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
430 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
431 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
433 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
435 static int tracepoint_count
;
437 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
438 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
439 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
441 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
443 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
445 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
448 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
451 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
453 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
454 breakpoint_count
= num
;
455 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
458 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
459 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
460 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
462 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
466 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
468 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
471 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
475 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
477 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
480 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
483 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
485 struct breakpoint
*b
;
491 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
492 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
494 static struct counted_command_line
*
495 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
497 struct counted_command_line
*result
498 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
501 result
->commands
= commands
;
505 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
508 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
514 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
515 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
516 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
519 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
523 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
525 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
532 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
535 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
537 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
540 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
543 static struct cleanup
*
544 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
546 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
549 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
550 for "break" command with no arg.
551 If default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
552 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
554 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
556 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
557 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
558 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
559 int default_breakpoint_line
;
560 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
563 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
564 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
567 get_breakpoint (int num
)
569 struct breakpoint
*b
;
572 if (b
->number
== num
)
581 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
584 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
586 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
591 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
592 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
599 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
605 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
606 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
607 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
608 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
610 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
612 innermost_block
= NULL
;
614 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
616 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
617 b
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
621 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
625 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
627 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
631 breakpoints_changed ();
632 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
635 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
638 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
640 struct breakpoint
*b
;
645 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
648 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
650 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
653 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
655 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
656 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
657 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
658 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
660 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
661 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
662 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
663 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
667 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
670 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
671 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
672 Throw if any such commands is found. */
675 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
677 struct command_line
*c
;
679 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
683 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
684 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
685 "only be used for tracepoints"));
687 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
688 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
690 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
691 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
693 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
694 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
696 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
697 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
701 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
704 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
706 return (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
707 || b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
708 || b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
711 /* A helper function that validsates that COMMANDS are valid for a
712 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
716 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
717 struct command_line
*commands
)
719 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
721 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
722 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
723 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
724 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
725 struct command_line
*c
;
726 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
727 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
729 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
731 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
732 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
733 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
734 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
735 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
736 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
739 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
740 "can be used only once"));
747 struct command_line
*c2
;
749 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
750 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
751 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
753 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
754 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
760 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
764 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
765 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
768 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
770 struct breakpoint
*b
;
771 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
772 struct bp_location
*loc
;
775 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
777 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
778 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
779 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
785 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
786 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
789 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
790 struct command_line
*commands
)
792 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
794 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
795 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
796 breakpoints_changed ();
797 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
800 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
801 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
805 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
807 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
810 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
811 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
814 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
815 breakpoint work for any thread. */
818 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
820 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
823 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
824 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
827 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
828 breakpoint work for any task. */
831 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
833 int old_task
= b
->task
;
836 if (old_task
!= task
)
837 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
841 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
843 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
845 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
848 /* A structure used to pass information through
849 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
853 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
856 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
859 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
860 already-parsed command. */
861 struct command_line
*control
;
863 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
865 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
868 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
872 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
874 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
876 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
878 struct command_line
*l
;
880 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
881 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
884 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
887 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
888 "%s, one per line."),
891 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
893 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
896 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
899 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
902 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
905 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
907 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
909 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
910 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
911 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
912 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
913 breakpoints_changed ();
914 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
919 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
920 struct command_line
*control
)
922 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
923 struct commands_info info
;
925 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
926 info
.control
= control
;
928 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
929 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
930 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
932 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
934 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
935 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
937 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
938 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
941 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
942 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
943 numbers will fail in this case. */
948 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
953 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
957 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
959 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
960 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
962 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
966 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
968 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
971 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
972 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
974 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
975 that are part of if and while bodies. */
976 enum command_control_type
977 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
979 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
980 return simple_control
;
983 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
986 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
988 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
992 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
993 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
998 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
999 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1001 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1002 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1003 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1004 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1005 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1006 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1007 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1008 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1010 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1013 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1015 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1017 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1019 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1020 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1021 report higher one. */
1024 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1025 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1027 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1029 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1030 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1032 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1033 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1034 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1035 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1037 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1038 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1039 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1041 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1043 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1050 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1051 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1052 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1053 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1054 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1057 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1059 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1060 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1061 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1064 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1067 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1069 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1071 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1072 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1076 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1077 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1078 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1081 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
1084 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1085 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1086 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1089 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1091 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1092 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1095 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1097 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1098 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1100 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1101 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1105 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1106 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1110 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1111 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1113 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1114 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1115 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1119 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1121 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1122 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1125 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1126 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1131 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1134 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1136 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1137 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1138 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1141 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1145 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1147 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1148 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1151 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
1152 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
1153 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
1154 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
1155 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
1156 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1157 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1158 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1162 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1164 return (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1165 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1166 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
)));
1169 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1170 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1173 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1175 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b
));
1177 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1179 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1180 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1181 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1182 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1183 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1185 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1188 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1189 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1190 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1191 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1193 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1195 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1196 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1199 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1200 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1201 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1202 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1203 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1204 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1205 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1206 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1208 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1209 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1210 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1211 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1212 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1213 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1214 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1215 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1218 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1219 hardware watchpoints:
1221 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1222 called several times when GDB stops.
1225 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1226 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1227 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1228 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1229 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1230 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1231 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1232 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1233 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1234 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1235 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1237 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1238 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1241 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1243 int within_current_scope
;
1244 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1247 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b
));
1249 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1250 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1251 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1252 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1255 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1260 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1261 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1262 within_current_scope
= 1;
1265 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1266 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1267 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1269 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1270 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1271 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1272 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1275 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1276 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1277 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1278 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1281 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1283 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1284 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1285 if (within_current_scope
)
1289 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1290 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1291 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1294 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1303 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1304 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1305 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1306 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1307 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1308 be completely different objects. */
1309 value_free (b
->val
);
1313 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1314 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1315 locations (re)created below. */
1316 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1318 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1320 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1325 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1329 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1330 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1331 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1332 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1333 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1334 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1336 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1337 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1338 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1340 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1343 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1344 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1346 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1348 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1349 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1350 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1351 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1352 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1354 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1360 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1362 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1363 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1365 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1366 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1367 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1368 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1369 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1370 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1371 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1373 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1375 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1376 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1377 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1379 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1380 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1384 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1386 addr
= value_address (v
);
1387 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1389 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1391 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1394 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1395 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1398 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1400 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1401 loc
->address
= addr
;
1403 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1408 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1409 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1410 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1415 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1416 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1418 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1422 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1424 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1425 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1426 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1428 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1429 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1430 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1431 this watchpoint in as well. To guarantee the
1432 hw_watchpoint_used_count call below counts this
1433 watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a hardware
1435 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1436 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1438 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (b
->type
, &other_type_used
);
1439 target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1440 (b
->type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1441 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1443 /* If there's no works_in_software_mode method, we
1444 assume that the watchpoint works in software mode. */
1445 int sw_mode
= (!b
->ops
|| !b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode
1446 || b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
));
1448 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1449 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1450 "hardware watchpoint."));
1451 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1452 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1453 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1455 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1458 else if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode
1459 && !b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1460 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1461 "read/access watchpoint."));
1463 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1465 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1466 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1467 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1468 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1471 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1473 next
= value_next (v
);
1478 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1479 above left it without any location set up. But,
1480 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1481 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1482 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1484 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1485 b
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1486 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1487 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1488 b
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1491 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1493 printf_filtered (_("\
1494 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1495 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1497 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1500 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1502 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1506 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1507 inserted in the inferior. */
1509 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1511 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
1514 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1517 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
1520 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1521 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1522 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1523 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1524 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1525 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1526 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1527 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1528 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1531 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1533 if (is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
1539 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1540 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1541 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1543 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1544 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1546 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
1547 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1548 int *disabled_breaks
,
1549 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1553 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
1556 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1557 memset (&bl
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bl
->target_info
));
1558 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
1559 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
1560 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
1562 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1563 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1565 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1567 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1568 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1569 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1571 Two important cases are:
1572 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1573 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1574 hardware breakpoint.
1575 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1576 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1577 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1580 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1581 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1582 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1583 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1585 struct mem_region
*mr
1586 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1590 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1592 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1594 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1595 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1597 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1599 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
1601 static int said
= 0;
1603 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1606 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
1607 _("Note: automatically using "
1608 "hardware breakpoints for "
1609 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1614 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1615 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1616 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1617 "at readonly address %s"),
1618 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
1622 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1623 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1624 || bl
->section
== NULL
1625 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
1627 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1629 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1630 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1633 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1638 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1639 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1640 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1642 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1643 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1644 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1645 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1646 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1650 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
1652 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1653 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
1654 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1655 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1656 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
1658 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1659 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1660 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1664 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1665 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
1667 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1668 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1669 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1672 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1677 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1678 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1685 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1686 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
1688 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1690 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1691 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
1692 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1694 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1695 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1697 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1698 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1699 "library breakpoints:\n");
1701 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1702 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1703 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
1707 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1709 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1710 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1711 "Cannot insert hardware "
1717 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1718 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1720 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1721 "Error accessing memory address ");
1722 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
1724 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1725 safe_strerror (val
));
1736 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1737 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1738 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1739 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1741 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
1742 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
1744 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1746 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1747 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1748 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
1750 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1752 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1753 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1755 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1757 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
1758 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
1762 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
1763 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1770 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1771 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1774 /* Back to the original value. */
1775 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
1779 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1782 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1784 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
1785 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
1787 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1790 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1794 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1795 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
1797 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
1800 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1802 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1803 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1804 so just return success. */
1811 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1812 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1816 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1818 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1819 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1821 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1824 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1825 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1828 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1829 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1830 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1832 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1834 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1836 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1837 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1838 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1840 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1841 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1843 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1849 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1850 removed locations above. */
1851 update_global_location_list (0);
1854 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1855 Throws exception on any error.
1856 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1857 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1859 insert_breakpoints (void)
1861 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1863 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1864 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1865 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1867 update_global_location_list (1);
1869 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1870 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1872 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1873 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1876 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1877 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1878 Both return zero if successful,
1879 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1882 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1884 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1885 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
1888 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1889 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1891 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1892 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1894 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1895 there was an error. */
1896 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1898 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1900 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
1902 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
1905 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
1906 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
1907 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1908 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1909 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
1912 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
1914 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1915 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1916 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1917 insert breakpoints. */
1918 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1919 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1922 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
1923 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1928 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
1929 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1932 int some_failed
= 0;
1933 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1935 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1938 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
1941 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1944 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1945 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
1952 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1954 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
1956 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1957 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1958 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1966 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1967 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1968 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
1970 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1971 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1972 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1974 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1975 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
1978 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1982 remove_breakpoints (void)
1984 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
1987 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
1990 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
1995 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1998 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2000 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2002 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2004 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2006 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2011 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2020 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2022 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2023 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2025 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2026 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
2027 struct inferior
*inf
;
2028 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2030 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2034 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2035 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2037 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2039 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2040 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2042 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2044 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2050 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
);
2053 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2058 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2062 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
2064 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2065 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2066 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2067 Otherwis the breakpoint number will be populated from
2068 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2069 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2071 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
2074 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2077 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
2078 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
2082 static struct breakpoint
*
2083 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
2084 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
2086 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
2087 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2089 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2092 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
2093 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
2095 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
2096 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2097 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
2102 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
2104 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2106 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2108 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2109 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2111 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2112 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
2114 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2115 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
2117 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2118 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
2120 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2121 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
2124 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
2126 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2127 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
2129 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2132 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
2134 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
2137 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2138 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2140 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
2141 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
2143 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2145 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
2146 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
2148 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
2149 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2151 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2152 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
2154 return bp_objfile_data
;
2158 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2160 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2161 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
2163 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2165 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2166 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2169 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2171 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
2174 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
2176 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2178 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2181 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2182 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2185 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
2188 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
2189 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
2191 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2193 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
2195 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
2196 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
2200 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2201 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
2204 update_global_location_list (1);
2208 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2210 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2211 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2213 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2215 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2217 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2219 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2221 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2224 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
2225 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2227 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2228 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
2231 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2233 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
2235 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2236 const char *func_name
;
2239 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
2242 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
2243 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
2245 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2247 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2250 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2251 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
2254 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
2257 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
2258 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
);
2259 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2260 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2264 update_global_location_list (1);
2266 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2269 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2271 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2273 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2274 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2275 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
2277 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2279 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2281 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2284 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2286 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2288 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2289 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2291 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2293 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
2296 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
2298 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2300 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2301 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
2302 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
2304 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2305 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2308 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
2311 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
2312 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
2313 bp_std_terminate_master
);
2314 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2315 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2319 update_global_location_list (1);
2321 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2324 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2327 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2329 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2330 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2332 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2334 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2335 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
2336 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2339 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2341 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
2344 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2346 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
2348 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
2350 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2351 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
2353 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2357 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
2360 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
2361 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
2363 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
);
2364 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2365 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2368 update_global_location_list (1);
2372 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2374 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2375 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
2377 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2378 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2379 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2380 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2381 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2382 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2383 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2384 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2385 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
2386 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2387 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
2389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2391 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
2394 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2395 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
2397 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2401 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2402 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
2404 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2408 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2409 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2410 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
2411 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
2412 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
2414 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2418 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2419 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
2421 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2425 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2427 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
2428 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
2430 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2434 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2436 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2437 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2438 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2439 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2443 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2444 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2445 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2446 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2447 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2448 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2450 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2451 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2452 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2453 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2454 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2455 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2456 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2458 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
2459 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2460 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2461 let finish_command delete it.
2463 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2464 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2465 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2466 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2467 solib breakpoints.) */
2469 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
2474 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2475 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2477 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
2479 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2483 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2484 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2485 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2486 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2487 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2491 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2493 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2495 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2496 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
2498 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
2499 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2501 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2502 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
2503 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2505 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2509 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
2512 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2513 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2515 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2519 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2520 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2521 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2522 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2523 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2526 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
2530 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2531 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
2533 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2534 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2537 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2538 This should not ever happen. */
2539 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2541 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2542 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2544 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2545 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2546 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2548 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2549 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2550 || bl
->section
== NULL
2551 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2553 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2555 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2556 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
2558 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
2562 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2563 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2564 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2566 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2567 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2569 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2570 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2571 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2572 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2573 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2575 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2576 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2578 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2579 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2582 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2583 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2584 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2585 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2586 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2587 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2590 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2591 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2592 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2593 else if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2594 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2601 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2606 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2607 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2608 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2609 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2614 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2616 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2618 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2619 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
2621 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2622 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2624 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2625 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
2626 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2629 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2630 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2633 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2634 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
2636 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2640 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2647 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
2650 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2652 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2653 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
2655 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2656 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2659 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2660 This should not ever happen. */
2661 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2663 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2665 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2667 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
2669 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2673 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2676 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2678 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2680 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2681 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2685 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2686 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2688 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2691 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2692 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2693 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2698 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2700 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2701 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2703 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2705 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2707 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2710 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2712 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2713 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
2714 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2718 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2720 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2727 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2728 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2731 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2733 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2735 case bp_shlib_event
:
2737 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2738 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2739 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2740 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2741 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2743 (gdb) file prog-linux
2744 (gdb) run # native linux target
2747 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2748 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2751 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2755 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2756 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2757 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2759 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2760 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2761 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2762 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2764 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2765 insert_breakpoints. */
2767 value_free (b
->val
);
2777 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2778 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
2779 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
2780 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2783 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2784 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2785 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2786 match, not program space. */
2788 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2789 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2790 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2791 permanent breakpoint.
2792 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2793 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2794 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2795 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2796 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2798 enum breakpoint_here
2799 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2801 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2802 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2804 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2806 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2807 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2810 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2811 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2812 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2813 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2815 if (overlay_debugging
2816 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2817 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2818 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2819 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2820 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2822 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2826 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2829 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2832 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2834 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2837 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2838 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
2844 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2845 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2846 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2847 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2850 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2853 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2855 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2857 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2858 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2862 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2864 if (overlay_debugging
2865 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2866 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2867 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2875 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2876 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2879 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2881 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2884 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2890 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2894 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2897 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2899 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2901 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2905 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
2908 if (overlay_debugging
2909 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2910 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2911 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2917 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2918 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2925 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2926 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
2928 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2932 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2934 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
2935 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
2938 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2941 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2942 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
2946 /* Check for intersection. */
2947 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
2948 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
2956 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2957 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2960 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2963 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2964 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2968 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2970 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2971 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2974 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2975 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2976 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2979 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2982 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2984 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2985 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2986 it is now time to do so. */
2988 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
2989 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
2993 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
2995 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2996 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2997 it is now time to do so. */
2999 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
3000 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
3004 if (overlay_debugging
3005 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3006 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3007 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3016 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3020 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
3022 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
3025 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3029 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
3031 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3032 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3033 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3034 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
3038 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3039 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3042 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
3059 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3060 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3063 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
3067 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
3072 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3074 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
3075 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
3076 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
3077 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
3078 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3080 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
3081 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
3085 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3095 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3098 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
3103 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
3105 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
3111 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3112 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3113 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3114 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3116 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3117 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3119 Return 1 otherwise. */
3122 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
3124 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3127 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3129 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3130 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3131 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3132 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
3133 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
3135 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3137 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
3141 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
3144 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
3146 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3148 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3149 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3150 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3152 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3158 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3161 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3163 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3165 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
3167 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3168 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3169 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3170 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3171 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
3175 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
3178 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3181 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
3183 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
3186 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3187 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3188 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3189 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3191 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3192 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3193 bpstat of the current thread. */
3196 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
3199 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3202 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3204 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
3207 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
3208 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
3210 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3212 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3215 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
3216 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3218 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
3219 struct command_line
*cmd
;
3220 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
3222 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3224 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3225 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3226 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3227 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3228 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3229 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3230 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3231 the tree when we're done. */
3232 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
3233 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3235 = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
3236 cmd
= bs
->commands_left
;
3237 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3241 execute_control_command (cmd
);
3243 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3249 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3250 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
3252 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3254 if (target_can_async_p ())
3255 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3256 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3257 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3260 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3261 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3262 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3263 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3264 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3265 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3266 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3267 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3268 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3269 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3270 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3271 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3272 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3277 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3282 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3284 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3285 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
3286 && target_has_execution
3287 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
3288 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
3289 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3290 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3291 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3292 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3293 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
3297 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3300 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
3303 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
3306 struct value_print_options opts
;
3307 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
3308 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
3312 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
3313 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
3314 by having it set different print_it values.
3316 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
3317 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
3318 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
3319 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
3320 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
3322 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
3323 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
3324 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
3325 don't print anything else.
3326 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
3327 that something to be followed by a location.
3328 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
3329 that something to be followed by a location.
3330 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
3333 static enum print_stop_action
3334 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
3336 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3337 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3338 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
3339 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
3341 enum print_stop_action result
;
3343 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
3345 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
3346 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3348 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
3349 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
3354 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3355 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
3356 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
3357 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
3360 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
3362 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
3364 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
3365 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3367 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
3368 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
3369 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
3371 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
3372 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
3373 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3376 case bp_shlib_event
:
3377 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
3378 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
3379 to shlib event" message.) */
3380 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3381 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3384 case bp_thread_event
:
3385 /* Not sure how we will get here.
3386 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
3387 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3388 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3391 case bp_overlay_event
:
3392 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
3393 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3394 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3397 case bp_longjmp_master
:
3398 /* These should never be enabled. */
3399 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3400 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3403 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
3404 /* These should never be enabled. */
3405 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
3406 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3407 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3410 case bp_exception_master
:
3411 /* These should never be enabled. */
3412 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
3413 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3414 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3418 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3419 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
3420 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3423 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3425 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3426 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
3427 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
3428 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
3429 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
3430 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3431 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
3432 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3433 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
3434 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3437 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3438 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3441 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3443 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3444 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
3445 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3446 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
3447 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3448 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3451 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3452 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3454 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
3455 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3458 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3460 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3461 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
3462 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
3463 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
3464 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
3469 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3472 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3473 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3474 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
3476 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3477 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
3478 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3479 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3482 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
3486 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3489 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
3490 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3494 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3497 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
3498 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3503 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3505 case bp_exception_resume
:
3506 case bp_step_resume
:
3507 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
3508 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3510 case bp_std_terminate
:
3512 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
3514 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
3515 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
3517 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3521 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3525 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3526 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3527 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3528 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3531 static enum print_stop_action
3532 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
3534 switch (bs
->print_it
)
3537 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3538 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3542 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3543 relevant messages. */
3544 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3547 case print_it_normal
:
3549 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3551 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3552 which has since been deleted. */
3554 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3556 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3557 print_it_typical. */
3558 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
3559 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
3561 return print_it_typical (bs
);
3566 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3567 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3572 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3573 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3574 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3575 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3576 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3577 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3580 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3581 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3582 code to print the location. An example is
3583 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3585 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3586 to also print the location part of the message.
3587 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3588 don't require a location appended to the end.
3589 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3590 further info to be printed. */
3592 enum print_stop_action
3593 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
3597 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3598 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3599 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3600 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3601 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3603 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3604 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3605 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3606 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3610 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3611 with and nothing was printed. */
3612 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3615 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3616 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3617 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3618 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3621 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3623 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3624 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3626 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3630 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3633 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
3637 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3639 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
3640 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
3641 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
3642 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
3643 incref_bp_location (bl
);
3644 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3645 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3646 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3648 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3652 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3653 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3656 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3658 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3660 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3662 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3664 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3665 as not triggered. */
3667 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3668 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3673 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3675 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3676 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3678 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3679 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3681 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3684 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3685 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3689 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3691 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3693 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3694 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3696 if (is_masked_watchpoint (loc
->owner
))
3698 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& loc
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
;
3699 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& loc
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
;
3701 if (newaddr
== start
)
3703 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3707 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3708 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3712 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3721 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3722 because of check_errors). */
3723 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3724 #define WP_DELETED 1
3725 /* The value has changed. */
3726 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3727 /* The value has not changed. */
3728 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3729 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3732 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3733 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3735 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3738 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3739 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3742 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3744 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3745 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3746 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3747 int within_current_scope
;
3749 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3750 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
3751 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3753 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b
));
3755 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3756 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3757 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3758 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3761 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3762 within_current_scope
= 1;
3765 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3766 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3767 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3769 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3770 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3771 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3772 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3773 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3774 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3775 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3776 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3777 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3778 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3781 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3782 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3784 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3785 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3786 if (within_current_scope
)
3788 struct symbol
*function
;
3790 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3791 if (function
== NULL
3792 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3793 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3794 within_current_scope
= 0;
3797 if (within_current_scope
)
3798 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3799 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3804 if (within_current_scope
)
3806 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3807 time before we return to the command level and call
3808 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3809 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3813 struct value
*new_val
;
3815 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
3816 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3817 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3818 a mask watchpoint. */
3819 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3821 mark
= value_mark ();
3822 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3824 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3825 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3826 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3827 not what we want. */
3828 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3829 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3831 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3833 release_value (new_val
);
3834 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3836 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3839 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3843 /* Nothing changed. */
3844 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3845 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3850 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3851 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3852 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3853 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3854 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3855 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3856 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3857 the first value assigned). */
3858 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3859 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3860 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3861 information here. */
3862 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3864 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3865 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3866 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3868 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3869 which its expression is valid.\n");
3871 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3872 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
3873 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
3879 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3880 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3881 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3883 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3884 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3886 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3888 /* BL is from existing struct breakpoint. */
3889 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
3891 if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
)
3892 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
3894 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3896 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
3899 if (!is_watchpoint (b
)
3900 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3901 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3903 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3906 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3907 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3908 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3912 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3913 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3914 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3915 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3916 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3917 (did not match the data address). */
3919 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
3920 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3923 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3925 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3927 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3928 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3929 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3936 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3937 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3940 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3942 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
3943 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3945 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3946 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
3947 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
3948 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3949 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
3951 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
3953 int must_check_value
= 0;
3955 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3956 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3958 must_check_value
= 1;
3959 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3960 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3961 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3963 must_check_value
= 1;
3964 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3965 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3966 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3967 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3968 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3969 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3970 must_check_value
= 1;
3972 if (must_check_value
)
3975 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3977 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3978 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3980 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3984 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3985 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3989 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3992 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3993 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3995 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3997 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3998 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3999 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4000 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4001 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4002 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4003 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4006 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4007 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4010 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4011 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4012 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4013 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4015 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4016 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4017 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4020 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4021 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4022 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4023 changes. This still gives false positives when
4024 the program writes the same value to memory as
4025 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4026 it for a read), but it's much better than
4029 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4031 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4033 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4035 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4036 if ((other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4037 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4038 && (other_b
->watchpoint_triggered
4039 == watch_triggered_yes
))
4041 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4046 if (other_write_watchpoint
4047 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4049 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4050 and the value changed since the last time we
4051 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4053 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4058 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4059 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4060 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4062 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4063 the value hasn't changed. */
4064 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4072 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4073 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
4074 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4075 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4076 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4080 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4082 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4083 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4084 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4085 anything for this watchpoint. */
4086 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4093 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4094 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4095 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4098 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
4100 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4101 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4102 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4104 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4105 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4106 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4107 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4108 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4110 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
4111 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4115 int value_is_zero
= 0;
4116 struct expression
*cond
;
4118 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4119 method implemented. */
4120 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
4121 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
4123 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
4128 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
4130 int within_current_scope
= 1;
4132 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4133 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4134 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4135 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4137 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4139 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4140 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4141 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4142 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4143 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4145 if (!is_watchpoint (b
) || b
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4146 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4149 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4151 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4152 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4153 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4154 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4155 really matter which instantiation of the function
4156 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4157 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4158 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4159 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4160 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4161 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4162 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4163 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4165 frame
= block_innermost_frame (b
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
4167 select_frame (frame
);
4169 within_current_scope
= 0;
4171 if (within_current_scope
)
4173 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
4174 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4178 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4179 "in the current scope"));
4180 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4181 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4184 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4185 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4188 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
4192 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
4196 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
4199 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4201 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4203 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4209 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4210 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4212 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4213 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4216 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4218 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4220 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4221 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4222 several reasons concurrently.)
4224 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4225 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4228 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4229 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
4231 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
4232 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4233 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4234 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4235 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
4236 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4239 int need_remove_insert
;
4242 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4243 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4244 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4245 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4246 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4247 inferior function calls. */
4251 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4254 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4256 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4257 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4258 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4259 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4260 checked all locations already. */
4261 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
4264 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
4267 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4270 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4273 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4276 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4277 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4278 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4282 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4283 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4284 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4286 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
4287 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4291 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4293 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4295 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
4296 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4299 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4303 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4304 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4305 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4309 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4314 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
4318 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4320 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
4321 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
4322 || b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
4323 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
4324 /* We do not stop for these. */
4327 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
4332 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4334 /* We will stop here. */
4335 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
4337 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4338 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
4343 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
4344 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
4345 bs
->commands_left
= bs
->commands
? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
4346 if (bs
->commands_left
4347 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands_left
->line
) == 0
4350 bs
->commands_left
->line
) == 0)))
4352 bs
->commands_left
= bs
->commands_left
->next
;
4357 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
4358 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
4359 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4362 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4363 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4364 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4366 need_remove_insert
= 0;
4367 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
4368 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4370 && bs
->breakpoint_at
4371 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
4373 update_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4374 need_remove_insert
= 1;
4377 if (need_remove_insert
)
4378 update_global_location_list (1);
4379 else if (removed_any
)
4380 update_global_location_list (0);
4386 handle_jit_event (void)
4388 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4389 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
4391 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4392 breakpoint_re_set. */
4393 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4395 frame
= get_current_frame ();
4396 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4398 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
4400 target_terminal_inferior ();
4403 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4405 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4408 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
4410 struct bpstat_what retval
;
4411 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4412 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4413 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4414 int shlib_event
= 0;
4418 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4419 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
4420 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
4422 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4424 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4425 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4426 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4429 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4431 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4432 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4435 else if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4438 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
4445 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4451 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4453 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4456 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4459 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4460 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4461 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4465 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4467 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4471 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4472 This requires no further action. */
4477 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4478 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp
;
4480 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4481 case bp_exception_resume
:
4482 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4483 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
4485 case bp_step_resume
:
4487 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
4490 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4491 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4494 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
4496 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
4499 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4500 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4503 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4504 case bp_thread_event
:
4505 case bp_overlay_event
:
4506 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4507 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4508 case bp_exception_master
:
4509 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4515 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4517 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4521 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4522 This requires no further action. */
4525 case bp_shlib_event
:
4528 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4529 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4530 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4531 loaded objects (among other things). */
4532 if (stop_on_solib_events
)
4533 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4535 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4539 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4542 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4543 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4544 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
4545 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4547 case bp_std_terminate
:
4548 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4549 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4550 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
4551 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4554 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4555 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
4556 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4557 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4559 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4560 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4562 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4563 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4564 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4566 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4567 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4568 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4569 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4572 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4573 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
4576 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
4579 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4580 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4585 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4587 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4588 to be adding them automatically. */
4590 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4591 breakpoint_re_set. */
4592 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4595 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4597 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4600 target_terminal_inferior ();
4606 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4608 handle_jit_event ();
4611 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4613 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4619 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4620 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
4622 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4623 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
4631 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4632 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4633 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4636 bpstat_should_step (void)
4638 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4641 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
4647 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
4649 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4658 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4659 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4660 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4663 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
4665 static char wrap_indent
[80];
4666 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
4670 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
4672 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
4674 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
4675 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
4676 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
4681 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
4687 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4690 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4691 struct bp_location
*loc
)
4693 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
4695 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4699 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
4701 if (b
->display_canonical
)
4702 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
4703 else if (b
->source_file
&& loc
)
4706 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
4709 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
4710 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
4711 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
4712 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
4713 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
4714 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
4716 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
4717 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
4719 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4721 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
4722 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
4725 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
4728 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
4732 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
4733 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
4735 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
->stream
,
4737 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
4739 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
4742 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
4744 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4748 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
4750 struct ep_type_description
4755 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
4757 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
4758 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
4759 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
4760 {bp_until
, "until"},
4761 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
4762 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
4763 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
4764 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
4765 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
4766 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
4767 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
4768 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
4769 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
4770 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
4771 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
4772 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
4773 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
4774 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
4775 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
4776 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
4777 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
4778 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
4779 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
4780 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
4781 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
4782 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
4783 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
4784 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
4785 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
4786 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4787 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4790 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4791 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
4792 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4793 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4796 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
4799 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4802 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4803 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4805 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
4808 struct command_line
*l
;
4809 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
4811 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
4812 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
4813 struct value_print_options opts
;
4815 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4817 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4818 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4819 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4822 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4823 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4831 if (part_of_multiple
)
4834 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4835 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4840 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4845 if (part_of_multiple
)
4846 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4848 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
4852 if (part_of_multiple
)
4853 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4855 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4860 if (part_of_multiple
)
4861 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4863 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4864 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4865 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4869 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4871 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4872 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4873 make sure there's just one location. */
4874 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4875 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4881 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4882 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4886 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4887 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4888 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4889 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4890 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4891 is relatively readable). */
4892 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4893 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4895 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4899 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4903 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4905 case bp_exception_resume
:
4906 case bp_step_resume
:
4907 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
4908 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4910 case bp_std_terminate
:
4911 case bp_shlib_event
:
4912 case bp_thread_event
:
4913 case bp_overlay_event
:
4914 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4915 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4916 case bp_exception_master
:
4918 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4919 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
4921 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4922 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4923 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4926 if (header_of_multiple
)
4927 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4928 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4929 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4931 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4932 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4935 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4936 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
4943 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4946 && !header_of_multiple
4948 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4949 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4950 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4951 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4952 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4953 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4955 struct inferior
*inf
;
4958 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4960 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4965 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4968 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4969 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4974 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4976 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4978 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4979 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4980 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4981 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4983 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4985 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4986 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4990 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4992 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->print_one_detail
)
4993 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
4995 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->static_trace_marker_id
)
4997 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
4999 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
5000 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
5001 b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
5002 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5005 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
5008 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5009 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
5011 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
5012 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
5013 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5016 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
5018 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
5019 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
5020 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
5022 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
5023 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
5025 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
5026 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
5027 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5030 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
5032 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5033 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
5034 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
5035 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5038 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
5040 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5041 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
5042 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
5044 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
5045 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
5046 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
5047 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
5048 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
5050 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
5053 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5054 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5055 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5056 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
5057 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
5059 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
5062 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
5063 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
5064 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
5067 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
5068 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
5070 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
5073 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
5074 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
5075 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
5078 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
5080 annotate_field (10);
5081 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
5082 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
5083 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
5086 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
5089 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
5090 else if (b
->exp_string
)
5091 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
5096 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5097 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5100 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
5102 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
5104 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
5105 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
5107 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5108 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5109 locations, if any. */
5110 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
5112 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5113 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5114 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5117 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5118 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5120 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
5121 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
5123 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5126 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
5128 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
5129 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
5130 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
5131 do_cleanups (inner2
);
5138 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5140 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5141 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5143 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5147 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5148 an address to print. */
5149 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
5152 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
5153 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5154 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5157 return print_address_bits
;
5160 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5166 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
5168 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
5169 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5170 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
5174 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
5176 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
5184 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
5185 char **error_message
)
5187 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
5190 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5192 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
5193 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
5199 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5200 internal or momentary. */
5203 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5205 return b
->number
> 0;
5208 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5209 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5210 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5211 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5212 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5213 breakpoints listed. */
5216 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
5217 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
5219 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5220 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
5221 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5222 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
5223 struct value_print_options opts
;
5224 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5225 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
5227 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5229 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5230 required for address fields. */
5231 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
5234 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5235 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5238 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5239 accept. Skip the others. */
5240 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
5242 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
5244 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
5248 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5250 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
5252 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
5253 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5254 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5256 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
5257 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
5258 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
5260 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
5264 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5266 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
5267 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5271 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
5272 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5275 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5276 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5277 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5279 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5280 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5282 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
5283 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5284 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5286 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5287 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5289 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5290 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5292 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5294 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
5295 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
5296 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5298 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
5299 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5301 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5303 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5304 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
5305 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5306 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5311 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5312 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5315 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5316 accept. Skip the others. */
5318 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
5320 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5322 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
5325 else /* all others */
5327 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
5331 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5333 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5334 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
5337 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
5339 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
5341 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5345 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
5346 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5348 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
5349 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5355 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
5356 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
5359 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5360 there have been breakpoints? */
5361 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5363 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5366 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5367 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5370 default_collect_info (void)
5372 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5373 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5375 if (!*default_collect
)
5378 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5380 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
5381 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
5382 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
5386 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5388 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
5390 default_collect_info ();
5394 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5396 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
5398 if (num_printed
== 0)
5400 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
5401 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5403 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
5408 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5410 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
5412 default_collect_info ();
5416 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5417 struct program_space
*pspace
,
5418 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
5420 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
5422 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5424 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
5425 && bl
->address
== pc
5426 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
5432 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
5433 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5437 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5438 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
5439 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
5442 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5445 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
5449 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5450 else /* if (others == ???) */
5451 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5453 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
5456 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
5457 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
5458 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5459 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
5460 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
5461 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5462 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
5463 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
5464 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
5466 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
5470 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
5472 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5473 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
5474 printf_filtered (".\n");
5478 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
5479 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
5482 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
5483 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
5486 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
5487 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
5488 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
5489 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
5490 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
5493 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5494 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5495 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5496 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5498 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5499 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5500 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5501 breakpoint at address zero:
5509 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5511 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
5513 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
5516 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5517 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5520 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5521 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5523 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5524 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
5525 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
5527 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5528 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5529 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5530 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5531 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5532 other watchpoint. */
5533 if ((loc1
->owner
->cond_exp
5534 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
5536 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
5537 loc1
->owner
->cond_exp
))
5538 || (loc2
->owner
->cond_exp
5539 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
5541 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
5542 loc2
->owner
->cond_exp
)))
5545 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5546 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5547 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5548 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5549 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5550 become hw_access locations later. */
5551 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
5552 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
5553 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
5554 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
5557 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5558 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5559 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5560 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5563 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
5564 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
5566 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5567 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
5571 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5572 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5573 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5574 space doesn't really matter. */
5577 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
5578 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
5581 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5582 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
5583 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
5586 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5587 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5588 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5589 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5592 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
5593 struct address_space
*aspace
,
5596 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
5599 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
5600 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
5604 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5605 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5606 represent the same location. */
5609 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5610 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5612 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
5614 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5615 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
5616 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
5618 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
5619 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
5621 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
5624 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
5626 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5627 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
5628 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
5629 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
5633 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
5634 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
5636 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5637 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5641 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
5642 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
5644 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5645 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
5647 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
5650 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5651 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5652 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5653 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5656 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5657 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
5659 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
5661 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5664 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
5665 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5666 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
5667 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
5668 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
5670 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5671 have their addresses modified. */
5676 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
5678 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5679 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5680 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
5682 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5683 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5685 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
5686 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
5688 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
5692 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5694 static struct bp_location
*
5695 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5697 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5699 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
5700 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
5704 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
5713 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5715 case bp_exception_resume
:
5716 case bp_step_resume
:
5717 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5718 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5720 case bp_std_terminate
:
5721 case bp_shlib_event
:
5722 case bp_thread_event
:
5723 case bp_overlay_event
:
5725 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5726 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5727 case bp_exception_master
:
5728 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5729 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5730 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
5732 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5733 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
5735 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5736 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5737 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5738 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
5743 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5744 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5745 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
5748 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5756 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5761 if (loc
->function_name
)
5762 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
5767 /* Increment reference count. */
5770 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5775 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5776 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5779 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
5781 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
5783 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
5784 free_bp_location (*blp
);
5788 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5791 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5793 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
5795 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5796 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5798 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
5800 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
5809 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5812 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5813 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5816 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
5819 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
5820 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
5821 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
5823 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5826 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
5828 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
5830 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
5831 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
5832 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
5834 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
5837 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5838 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5839 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
5842 static struct breakpoint
*
5843 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5846 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
5848 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
);
5853 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5854 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5858 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
5860 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
5862 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5863 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
5864 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
5868 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &loc
->function_name
,
5869 NULL
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
5871 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
5873 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5875 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
5876 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc
->function_name
,
5877 &loc
->requested_address
))
5879 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5880 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
5881 loc
->requested_address
,
5884 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
5885 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
5887 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5888 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5889 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
5893 if (loc
->function_name
)
5894 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
5898 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5899 static struct gdbarch
*
5900 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
5903 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
5905 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
5910 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5911 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5912 file name, and line number are provided by SAL. The newly created
5913 and partially initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint
5916 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5917 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5918 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5919 particular, init_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint number!
5920 Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur prior to
5921 completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this should
5922 happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5925 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5926 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
5928 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
5929 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
5931 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
);
5933 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
5935 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
5937 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
5938 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
5940 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5941 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5942 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5943 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5944 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5945 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5946 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
5949 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
5950 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
5951 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
5952 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
5953 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5955 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5956 breakpoint resetting. */
5957 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5959 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
5960 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
5962 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
5963 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
5964 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
5966 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
,
5967 sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.explicit_line
);
5969 breakpoints_changed ();
5972 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5973 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5974 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5975 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5976 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5977 is also returned as the value of this function.
5979 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5980 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5981 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5982 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5983 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5984 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5985 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5988 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5989 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
5991 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
5993 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
);
5998 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5999 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
6001 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6003 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6005 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
6007 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
6008 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
6009 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
6010 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
6011 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implmement. */
6012 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6016 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
6017 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
6018 initiated the operation. */
6021 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
6023 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6024 int thread
= tp
->num
;
6026 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
6027 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
6028 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
6029 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
6030 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6031 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
6032 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
6033 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
6035 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
6037 clone
->type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
6038 clone
->thread
= thread
;
6041 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
6044 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6046 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
6048 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6050 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6051 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
6053 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
6054 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6059 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6061 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6064 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
6066 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6067 update_global_location_list (1);
6068 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
6073 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6075 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6078 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
6080 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
6081 update_global_location_list (0);
6082 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
6086 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6087 master breakpoint. */
6089 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6091 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6093 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6094 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
6095 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
6097 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
6098 clone
->type
= bp_std_terminate
;
6102 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6104 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6106 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6108 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6109 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
6110 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6114 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6116 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6118 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
6120 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6121 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6123 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6125 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6131 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6133 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6135 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6136 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
6137 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6138 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6141 struct lang_and_radix
6147 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6150 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6152 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6154 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
6155 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6159 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6162 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6164 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6166 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6167 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6168 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6169 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6173 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6175 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6177 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6178 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
6179 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6180 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6184 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6186 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6188 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
6189 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6193 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6194 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6197 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6199 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6201 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6203 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6204 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6206 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6207 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6208 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6209 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6210 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6211 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
6212 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
6213 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6214 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
6215 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
6216 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6218 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
6220 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
6224 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6229 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in an unloaded shared library.
6230 Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6234 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
6236 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6237 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
6239 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6240 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6241 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6242 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6243 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
6244 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
6247 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6249 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6250 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6252 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6253 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
6254 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
6255 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6256 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6257 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6258 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6259 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
6261 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6262 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6263 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6264 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6267 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6268 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
6270 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
6272 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6273 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6274 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6277 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
6282 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6284 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6285 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6286 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6287 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6288 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6290 struct fork_catchpoint
6292 /* The base class. */
6293 struct breakpoint base
;
6295 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6296 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6297 catchpoint has triggered. */
6298 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
6301 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6305 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6307 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6310 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6314 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6316 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6319 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6323 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6324 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6326 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6328 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &c
->forked_inferior_pid
);
6331 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6334 static enum print_stop_action
6335 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6337 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
6339 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6340 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
6341 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6342 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6345 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6349 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6351 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
6352 struct value_print_options opts
;
6354 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6356 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6357 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6359 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6360 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6362 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
6363 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
6365 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
6366 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
6367 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6368 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
6372 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6376 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6378 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
6381 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6385 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6387 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
6390 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6392 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
6397 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
6398 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6399 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6400 print_it_catch_fork
,
6401 print_one_catch_fork
,
6402 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6403 print_mention_catch_fork
,
6404 print_recreate_catch_fork
6407 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6411 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6413 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6416 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6420 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6422 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6425 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6429 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6430 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6432 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6434 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &c
->forked_inferior_pid
);
6437 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6440 static enum print_stop_action
6441 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6443 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
6445 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6446 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
6447 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6448 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6451 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6455 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6457 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
6458 struct value_print_options opts
;
6460 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6461 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6462 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6464 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6465 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6467 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
6468 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
6470 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
6471 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
6472 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6473 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
6477 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6481 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6483 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
6486 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6490 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6492 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
6495 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6497 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
6502 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
6503 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6504 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6505 print_it_catch_vfork
,
6506 print_one_catch_vfork
,
6507 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6508 print_mention_catch_vfork
,
6509 print_recreate_catch_vfork
6512 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
6513 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6514 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6515 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6516 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6518 struct syscall_catchpoint
6520 /* The base class. */
6521 struct breakpoint base
;
6523 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
6524 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
6525 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
6526 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
6527 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
6530 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6534 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6536 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
6538 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
6541 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6545 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6547 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6548 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
6550 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
6551 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6552 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6558 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6563 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6565 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
6566 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6567 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6569 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
6570 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
6572 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
6573 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
6575 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6576 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
6580 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6581 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6582 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6583 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6584 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6587 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6591 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6593 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6594 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
6596 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
6597 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6598 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6604 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6608 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6609 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6611 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6612 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
6616 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6617 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6618 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6619 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6621 inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6624 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6628 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6629 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6631 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6632 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6633 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6634 int syscall_number
= 0;
6635 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
6636 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6638 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
6641 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6642 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6647 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6649 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
6659 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6662 static enum print_stop_action
6663 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6665 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6666 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6667 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6668 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6670 struct target_waitstatus last
;
6672 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6675 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
6677 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
6679 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6682 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
6684 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
6686 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
6688 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
6689 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
6690 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
6691 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
6692 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
6693 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
6695 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6697 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6700 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6704 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6705 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6707 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
6708 struct value_print_options opts
;
6710 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6711 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6712 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6714 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6715 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6718 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
6719 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6720 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
6722 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
6724 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6727 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6730 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6735 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6738 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
6740 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
6742 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6743 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
6747 /* Remove the last comma. */
6748 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
6749 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
6752 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
6753 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6756 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6760 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6762 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
6764 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6768 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6769 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
6771 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
6774 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6778 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6781 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
6783 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
6785 printf_filtered (")");
6788 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6792 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6796 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6798 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
6800 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
6802 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6807 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6812 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6814 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
6816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
6821 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6823 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
6826 insert_catch_syscall
,
6827 remove_catch_syscall
,
6828 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
6829 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6830 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6831 print_it_catch_syscall
,
6832 print_one_catch_syscall
,
6833 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6834 print_mention_catch_syscall
,
6835 print_recreate_catch_syscall
6838 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6841 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6843 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
6846 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
6847 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
6848 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
6849 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
6852 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6853 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6855 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6857 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6859 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6862 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
6864 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
6865 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6866 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6868 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
6870 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
6871 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6872 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6877 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6878 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
6879 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6881 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
6883 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6885 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
6888 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (&c
->base
);
6889 update_global_location_list (1);
6892 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6894 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
6895 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6896 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6897 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6898 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6900 struct exec_catchpoint
6902 /* The base class. */
6903 struct breakpoint base
;
6905 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
6906 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
6908 char *exec_pathname
;
6911 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6915 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6917 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
6919 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
6923 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6925 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6929 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6931 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6935 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6936 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6938 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6940 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &c
->exec_pathname
);
6943 static enum print_stop_action
6944 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6946 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
6948 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6949 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
6951 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6955 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6957 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
6958 struct value_print_options opts
;
6960 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6962 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6963 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6964 is relatively readable). */
6965 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6966 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6968 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
6969 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
6971 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
6972 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
6973 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6978 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6980 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
6983 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6987 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6989 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
6992 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
6997 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
6998 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6999 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
7000 print_it_catch_exec
,
7001 print_one_catch_exec
,
7002 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
7003 print_mention_catch_exec
,
7004 print_recreate_catch_exec
7008 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
7009 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7011 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
7012 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7014 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
7015 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
7016 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
7018 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
7021 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (&c
->base
);
7022 update_global_location_list (1);
7026 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
7029 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7030 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7034 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7035 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7037 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
7039 if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->resources_needed
)
7040 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
7050 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
7053 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7054 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7056 *other_type_used
= 0;
7059 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7062 if (b
->type
== type
)
7063 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7065 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
7067 if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->resources_needed
)
7068 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
7072 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
7073 *other_type_used
= 1;
7080 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7082 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7086 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7088 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
7089 update_global_location_list (0);
7095 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7097 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7101 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7103 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7104 update_global_location_list (1);
7110 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7112 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7117 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
7120 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7121 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7122 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7124 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
7130 update_global_location_list (0);
7132 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
7136 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7138 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7141 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
7145 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
7148 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7149 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7150 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
7152 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7158 breakpoint_re_set ();
7162 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7163 at address specified by SAL.
7164 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7167 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
7168 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
7170 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7172 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7174 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
7176 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
7177 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7178 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7179 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
7181 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7182 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7184 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
7185 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7187 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7192 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7196 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
7198 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
7200 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7204 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
7205 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
7206 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
7208 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
7209 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
7210 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
7211 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
7212 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
7214 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
7215 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
7217 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
7219 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
7220 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
7221 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
7222 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
7224 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7225 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7226 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
7228 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7233 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7236 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7238 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
7240 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
7241 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
7243 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
7247 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7250 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7253 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
7254 struct value_print_options opts
;
7256 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7258 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
7259 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
7264 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "),
7268 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
7269 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
7270 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7271 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7272 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7273 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7275 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7276 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
7277 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
7278 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7279 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7280 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7281 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7283 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7284 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
7285 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
7286 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7287 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7288 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7289 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7291 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7292 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
7293 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
7294 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7295 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7296 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7297 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7300 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7301 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7306 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7307 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
7309 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
7310 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7311 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
7312 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
7315 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7316 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7321 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
7325 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7330 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
7331 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7334 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7335 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7340 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
7341 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7344 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7345 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7350 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
7351 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7358 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7360 case bp_exception_resume
:
7361 case bp_step_resume
:
7362 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7364 case bp_std_terminate
:
7365 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7366 case bp_shlib_event
:
7367 case bp_thread_event
:
7368 case bp_overlay_event
:
7370 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7371 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7372 case bp_exception_master
:
7373 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7379 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
7383 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
7387 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
7389 printf_filtered (" at ");
7390 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
7394 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
7395 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
7399 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
7401 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7403 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
7408 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7410 printf_filtered ("\n");
7414 static struct bp_location
*
7415 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7416 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7418 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
7420 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
7421 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
7424 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
7426 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
7427 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
7428 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7429 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
7430 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
7431 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
7432 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
7434 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
7435 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
7440 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7441 return 0 otherwise. */
7444 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7448 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
7449 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
7450 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7453 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
7455 addr
= loc
->address
;
7456 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
7458 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7462 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
7464 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7465 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7466 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7467 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7469 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
7470 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7472 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
7473 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
7476 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
7483 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7484 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7485 as condition expression. */
7488 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7489 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
7491 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7492 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7493 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7494 int enabled
, int internal
, int display_canonical
)
7496 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
7499 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7501 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7502 int target_resources_ok
=
7503 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
7505 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
7506 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7507 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
7508 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7511 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
7513 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
7515 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
7516 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7520 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
7522 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7524 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
7525 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
7530 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
7531 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
7535 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
7536 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
7537 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7538 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
7539 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
7541 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
7543 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
7545 if (is_marker_spec (addr_string
))
7547 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7548 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7549 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
7554 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
7556 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
7558 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
7559 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
7561 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7563 b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
7565 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
7567 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
7568 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
7570 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7572 b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
7575 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7576 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7579 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
7580 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7581 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
7582 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
7588 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7591 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
7592 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
7596 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
7597 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
7599 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
7603 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
7605 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
7607 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7610 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7613 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
7614 notify observers. */
7617 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
7620 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
7621 elements to fill the void space. */
7623 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
7625 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
7626 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
7628 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
7629 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
7634 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
7635 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
7636 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
7637 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
7638 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
7639 single expanded sal, return the original.
7641 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
7642 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
7643 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
7644 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
7645 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
7647 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7648 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7650 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
7651 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
7652 char *original_function
= NULL
;
7655 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7657 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
7658 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
7659 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
7662 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7663 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7669 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7671 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
7673 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
7675 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
7676 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
7678 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
7680 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
7681 past the function prologue if necessary. */
7682 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
7684 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7685 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
7686 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7687 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[0]);
7688 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7692 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
7694 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
7695 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7697 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
7698 char *this_function
;
7700 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
7702 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
7704 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
7705 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
7708 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
7710 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
7717 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7718 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7719 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
7721 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7723 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
7725 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero expanded sals
7726 then something is really wrong. Fix that by returning the
7729 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
7731 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7732 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
7733 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7740 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7741 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
7752 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7753 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7754 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7755 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7756 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7757 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7758 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7759 we take just a single condition string.
7761 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7762 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7763 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7764 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7765 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7768 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7769 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
7770 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
7772 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7773 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7774 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7775 int enabled
, int internal
)
7779 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
7781 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
7782 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
7784 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, expanded
, canonical
->canonical
[i
],
7785 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
7786 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
7787 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
,
7788 canonical
->special_display
);
7792 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7793 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7794 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7795 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7797 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7798 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7801 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
7802 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
7803 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
7805 char *addr_start
= *address
;
7807 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7809 if ((*address
) == NULL
7810 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
7812 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7814 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7816 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7817 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
7818 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7819 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
7820 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
7821 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
7822 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
7823 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
7825 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7826 where PC is the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure
7827 to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to
7828 expand the list of sals to include all other instances
7829 with the same symtab and line. */
7830 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
7832 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
7836 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7840 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7841 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7842 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7843 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
7845 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
7846 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
7848 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
7850 if (default_breakpoint_valid
7852 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
7853 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
7854 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7855 default_breakpoint_line
, canonical
);
7857 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
7860 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
7861 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && canonical
->canonical
== NULL
)
7862 canonical
->canonical
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char *));
7863 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
7867 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7869 /* Add the string if not present. */
7870 if (canonical
->canonical
[i
] == NULL
)
7871 canonical
->canonical
[i
] = savestring (addr_start
,
7872 (*address
) - addr_start
);
7878 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7879 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7882 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7886 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7887 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
7890 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7891 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7892 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7893 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7894 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7898 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7899 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7902 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
7904 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7906 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7908 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
7910 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
,
7912 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
7915 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7916 paddress (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
7918 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7922 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7923 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7924 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7925 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7926 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7927 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7929 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7930 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
7932 *cond_string
= NULL
;
7938 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7939 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7941 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
7943 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
7945 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7947 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7949 struct expression
*expr
;
7951 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7952 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
7955 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
7956 cond_end
- cond_start
);
7958 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7964 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7966 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7967 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
7968 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
7970 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
7976 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7978 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7979 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
7980 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
7983 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7987 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7989 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7990 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
7992 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
7993 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7994 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7996 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7997 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
8002 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8004 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8006 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
8007 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
8009 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
8010 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
8011 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
8013 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
8014 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
8016 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8018 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
8020 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
8022 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
8024 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
8025 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
8027 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
8030 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8036 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
8037 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
8038 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
8039 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
8040 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
8041 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
8042 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
8043 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
8044 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
8048 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8049 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
8050 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
8051 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
8053 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
8054 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8055 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
)
8057 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
8058 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
8059 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
8061 char *addr_start
= arg
;
8062 struct linespec_result canonical
;
8063 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8064 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
8068 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
8072 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
8074 if (type_wanted
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& is_marker_spec (arg
))
8078 sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
8080 copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, arg
- addr_start
);
8081 canonical
.canonical
= xcalloc (sals
.nelts
, sizeof (char *));
8082 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8083 canonical
.canonical
[i
] = xstrdup (copy_arg
);
8087 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
8089 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &sals
, &canonical
);
8092 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
8096 throw_exception (e
);
8100 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
8102 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
8105 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
8106 throw_exception (e
);
8108 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
8110 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
8111 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
8112 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
8113 && !nquery (_("Make breakpoint pending on "
8114 "future shared library load? ")))
8117 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
8118 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
8119 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
8120 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
8121 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
8122 canonical
.canonical
= ©_arg
;
8124 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
8129 throw_exception (e
);
8139 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
8140 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
8144 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
8145 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8147 /* Cleanup the canonical array but not its contents. */
8148 make_cleanup (xfree
, canonical
.canonical
);
8151 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
8152 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
8153 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
8154 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
8155 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
8157 /* Mark the contents of the canonical for cleanup. These go on
8158 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
8159 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8161 if (canonical
.canonical
[i
] != NULL
)
8162 make_cleanup (xfree
, canonical
.canonical
[i
]);
8165 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
8166 are ok for the target. */
8168 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
);
8170 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
8171 if (type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
8172 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &sals
);
8174 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
8175 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
8179 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
8181 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
8182 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
8183 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
8184 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
8187 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
8190 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
8194 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8197 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
8198 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
8202 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
8203 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
8204 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
8205 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
8206 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
8207 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
8208 if (type_wanted
== bp_static_tracepoint
8209 && is_marker_spec (canonical
.canonical
[0]))
8213 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8215 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
8216 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
8217 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8220 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
8221 expanded
.sals
[0] = sals
.sals
[i
];
8222 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expanded
.sals
);
8224 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, expanded
, canonical
.canonical
[i
],
8225 cond_string
, type_wanted
,
8226 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
8227 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8228 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
,
8229 canonical
.special_display
);
8231 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8233 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
8235 tp
= get_breakpoint (internal_breakpoint_number
);
8237 tp
= get_breakpoint (breakpoint_count
);
8238 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
8240 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
8241 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
8242 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
8243 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
8244 try to match up which of the newly found markers
8245 corresponds to this one */
8246 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
8250 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, sals
, &canonical
, cond_string
,
8252 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
8253 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
8258 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8260 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
8262 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
8263 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8265 b
->addr_string
= canonical
.canonical
[0];
8266 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
8267 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8268 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8269 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
8271 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8272 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
8273 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
8275 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
8276 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
8277 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
8278 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
8281 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number,
8282 but do notify observers. */
8284 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8289 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8290 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8291 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
8294 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8296 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
8297 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8298 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8300 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8301 update_global_location_list (1);
8306 /* Set a breakpoint.
8307 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8308 condition, and thread.
8309 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8310 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8314 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
8316 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
8317 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8318 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8321 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8323 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8324 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
8325 0 /* Ignore count */,
8326 pending_break_support
,
8327 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
8334 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8337 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8341 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8343 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
8344 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8345 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
8348 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8349 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8350 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
8351 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
8354 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8356 struct blockvector
*bv
;
8360 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
8363 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
8366 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
8367 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
8371 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8372 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8373 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8374 happen in assembly source). */
8376 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
8377 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8379 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
8381 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
8383 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
8385 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8392 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8394 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8398 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8400 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
8404 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8406 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
8410 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8412 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
8416 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8418 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8419 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8420 stop at <line>\n"));
8424 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8428 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
8430 else if (*arg
!= '*')
8435 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8436 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8437 function/method name. */
8438 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
8440 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
8445 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8447 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
8451 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8453 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8457 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8461 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
8468 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8469 it is probably a line number. */
8470 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
8472 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
8477 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
8479 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
8483 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8485 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8488 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8489 ranged breakpoints. */
8492 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8493 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8496 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
8497 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
8500 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8501 ranged breakpoints. */
8504 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8506 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8509 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8510 ranged breakpoints. */
8512 static enum print_stop_action
8513 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8515 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8517 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8519 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8520 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
8522 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
8523 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8524 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8526 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8527 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8529 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8530 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
8531 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8533 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8534 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
8536 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8539 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8540 ranged breakpoints. */
8543 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8544 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8546 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8547 struct value_print_options opts
;
8549 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8550 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
8552 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8554 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8555 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8556 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8557 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8559 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
8563 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8564 ranged breakpoints. */
8567 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
8568 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
8570 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
8571 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8572 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
8573 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
8577 address_start
= bl
->address
;
8578 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
8580 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
8581 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
->stream
, "[%s, %s]",
8582 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
8583 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
8584 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
8585 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8587 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8590 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8591 ranged breakpoints. */
8594 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8596 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8599 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8601 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8604 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8605 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
8606 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
8609 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8610 ranged breakpoints. */
8613 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8615 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
8616 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
8619 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8621 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
=
8626 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
,
8627 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
,
8628 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
8629 print_it_ranged_breakpoint
,
8630 print_one_ranged_breakpoint
,
8631 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
,
8632 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
,
8633 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
8636 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8637 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8638 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8639 last instruction of the given line. */
8642 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
8646 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8647 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8648 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
8655 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
8657 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8659 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8666 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8669 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8671 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
8672 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
8673 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
8675 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8676 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
8677 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_start
, sals_end
;
8678 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
8680 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8681 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8682 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8684 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8685 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8686 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8689 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8691 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
8692 error(_("No address range specified."));
8694 sals_start
.sals
= NULL
;
8695 sals_start
.nelts
= 0;
8696 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
8698 while (*arg
== ' ' || *arg
== '\t')
8701 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &sals_start
, &canonical_start
);
8703 sal_start
= sals_start
.sals
[0];
8704 addr_string_start
= canonical_start
.canonical
[0];
8705 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
8706 xfree (sals_start
.sals
);
8707 xfree (canonical_start
.canonical
);
8710 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8711 else if (sals_start
.nelts
== 0)
8712 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8713 else if (sals_start
.nelts
!= 1)
8714 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8716 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_start
);
8718 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
8719 while (*arg
== ' ' || *arg
== '\t')
8722 /* Parse the end location. */
8724 sals_end
.sals
= NULL
;
8726 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
8729 /* We call decode_line_1 directly here instead of using
8730 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8731 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8732 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8733 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8734 sals_end
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
8737 /* canonical_end can be NULL if it was of the form "*0xdeadbeef". */
8738 if (canonical_end
.canonical
== NULL
)
8739 canonical_end
.canonical
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (char *));
8740 /* Add the string if not present. */
8741 if (arg_start
!= arg
&& canonical_end
.canonical
[0] == NULL
)
8742 canonical_end
.canonical
[0] = savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
8744 sal_end
= sals_end
.sals
[0];
8745 addr_string_end
= canonical_end
.canonical
[0];
8746 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
8747 xfree (sals_end
.sals
);
8748 xfree (canonical_end
.canonical
);
8750 if (sals_end
.nelts
== 0)
8751 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8752 else if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 1)
8753 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8755 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_end
);
8757 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
8758 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
8759 error (_("Invalid address range, end preceeds start."));
8761 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
8763 /* Length overflowed. */
8764 error (_("Address range too large."));
8765 else if (length
== 1)
8767 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8768 the `hbreak' command. */
8769 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
8771 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
8776 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8777 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
8778 bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8779 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
8780 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
8781 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8782 b
->addr_string
= addr_string_start
;
8783 b
->addr_string_range_end
= addr_string_end
;
8784 b
->ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
8785 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
8787 discard_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
8790 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8791 update_global_location_list (1);
8794 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8795 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8796 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8799 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
8807 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8808 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
8811 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
8821 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
8822 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
8823 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
8824 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
8825 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
8827 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
8843 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT
:
8855 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
8858 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
8859 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
8862 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8863 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8864 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8865 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8867 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8868 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8873 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8875 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8876 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8877 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8878 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8880 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8881 are always constant. */
8883 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
8885 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
8886 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
8887 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
8892 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8893 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8894 then it is not a constant. */
8903 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8906 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8908 int length
= bl
->owner
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8910 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
8911 bl
->owner
->cond_exp
);
8914 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8917 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8919 int length
= bl
->owner
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8921 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
8922 bl
->owner
->cond_exp
);
8925 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8926 hardware watchpoints. */
8929 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8931 int length
= bl
->owner
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8933 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
8936 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8937 hardware watchpoints. */
8940 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
8942 return b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
8945 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8947 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
=
8952 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
8953 resources_needed_watchpoint
,
8954 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
,
8955 NULL
, /* print_it */
8956 NULL
, /* print_one */
8957 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
8958 NULL
, /* print_mention */
8959 NULL
/* print_recreate */
8962 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8963 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8966 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8968 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, bl
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
,
8969 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
8972 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8973 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8976 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8978 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, bl
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
,
8979 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
8982 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8983 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8986 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8988 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
,
8989 bl
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
);
8992 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8993 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8996 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
9001 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9002 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9004 static enum print_stop_action
9005 print_it_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9007 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9008 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
9012 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9013 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
9014 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9017 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9020 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9021 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9024 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9027 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9028 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9031 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9034 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9035 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9039 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
9040 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
9041 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
9042 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
9044 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9045 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9048 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9049 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9052 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9053 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9055 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9056 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
9058 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
9059 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->hw_wp_mask
);
9060 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
9063 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9064 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9067 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9069 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
9073 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9074 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
9075 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
9077 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9078 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
9079 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
9081 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9082 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9083 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
9086 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9087 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9090 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
9091 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
9092 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
9093 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
9096 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9097 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9100 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9106 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9107 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
9109 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9110 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
9112 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9113 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
9116 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9117 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9120 sprintf_vma (tmp
, b
->hw_wp_mask
);
9121 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", b
->exp_string
, tmp
);
9124 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9126 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
=
9129 insert_masked_watchpoint
,
9130 remove_masked_watchpoint
,
9131 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
9132 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
,
9133 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
,
9134 print_it_masked_watchpoint
,
9135 NULL
, /* print_one */
9136 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
,
9137 print_mention_masked_watchpoint
,
9138 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
9141 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9144 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
9146 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9149 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9150 hw_read: watch read,
9151 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9153 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
9154 int just_location
, int internal
)
9156 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9157 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
9158 struct expression
*exp
;
9159 struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
9160 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
9161 struct frame_info
*frame
;
9162 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
9163 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
9164 char *tok
, *end_tok
;
9166 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9167 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9168 enum bptype bp_type
;
9171 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9172 the hardware watchpoint. */
9176 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9177 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
9181 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9182 of the arguments string. */
9183 for (tok
= arg
+ strlen (arg
) - 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
9185 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9186 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
9189 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9190 This is the value of the parameter. */
9191 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
9193 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
9195 /* Skip whitespace. */
9196 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
9201 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9202 This is the parameter itself. */
9203 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
9206 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
9208 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
9210 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9211 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9212 only in a specific thread. */
9216 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9218 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9219 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
9221 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9223 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
9224 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
9226 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9227 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
9228 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
9230 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
9232 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9233 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9235 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
9238 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9240 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
9242 mark
= value_mark ();
9243 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
9244 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
9245 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9248 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9251 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9252 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9257 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9258 innermost_block
= NULL
;
9260 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
9262 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9263 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9265 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
9268 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9269 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
9273 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
9274 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
9276 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
9279 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
9280 mark
= value_mark ();
9281 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
9287 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
9288 val
= value_addr (result
);
9289 release_value (val
);
9290 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9294 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
9297 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9299 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9302 else if (val
!= NULL
)
9303 release_value (val
);
9305 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9306 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9308 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9309 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9311 struct expression
*cond
;
9313 innermost_block
= NULL
;
9314 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9315 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
9317 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9318 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9319 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
9325 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9327 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
9328 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
9329 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
9330 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
9332 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
9334 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
9336 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9337 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9338 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9339 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9340 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
9342 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
9345 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
9346 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
9347 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
9349 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9351 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9352 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
9354 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9355 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
9357 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9358 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
9359 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
9360 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
9361 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
9362 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
9363 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
9364 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
9365 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
9369 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9370 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL
, bp_type
);
9372 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9374 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
9375 b
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
9378 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
9379 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
9382 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
9383 name
= type_to_string (t
);
9385 b
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
9386 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
9389 b
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9390 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
9392 /* The above expression is in C. */
9393 b
->language
= language_c
;
9396 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
9400 b
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
9401 b
->ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9407 b
->ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9411 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9417 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
9418 b
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
9422 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
9423 b
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
9426 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
9428 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9429 need to act on them together. */
9430 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
9431 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
9435 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9437 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9439 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9440 that should be inserted. */
9441 update_watchpoint (b
, 1);
9445 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9446 throw_exception (e
);
9449 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
9451 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
9452 notify observers. */
9455 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
9457 update_global_location_list (1);
9460 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9461 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9464 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
9466 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
9467 struct value
*head
= v
;
9469 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9470 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
9473 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9474 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9475 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9476 hardware watchpoint.
9478 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9479 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9480 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9481 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9482 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9483 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9484 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9485 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9486 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9488 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9489 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9490 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9491 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9492 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
9494 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
9496 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
9497 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9498 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9499 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9500 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9501 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9505 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9506 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9507 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
9509 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9510 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9511 middle of some value chain. */
9513 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9514 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
9516 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
9520 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
9521 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
9522 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
9524 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
9528 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
9532 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
9533 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
9534 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9535 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
9536 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9539 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9540 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9541 return found_memory_cnt
;
9545 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9547 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9550 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9551 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9552 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9553 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9556 check_for_argument (char **str
, char *arg
, int arg_len
)
9558 if (strncmp (*str
, arg
, arg_len
) == 0
9559 && ((*str
)[arg_len
] == '\0' || isspace ((*str
)[arg_len
])))
9567 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9568 calls watch_command_1. */
9571 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
9573 int just_location
= 0;
9576 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9577 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9579 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9583 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
9587 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9589 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
9593 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9595 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9599 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9601 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
9605 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9607 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9611 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9613 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
9617 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9618 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9620 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9622 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
9623 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
9627 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9628 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9629 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9632 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
9634 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
9636 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
9638 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
9639 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
9643 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
9645 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9646 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9647 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
9648 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
9649 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
9650 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9652 struct thread_info
*tp
;
9654 clear_proceed_status ();
9656 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9659 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
9660 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
9661 default_breakpoint_line
, NULL
);
9663 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, NULL
);
9665 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
9666 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9669 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9672 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9674 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9677 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9678 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9679 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
9680 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
9682 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9683 only at the very same frame. */
9684 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
9685 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
9688 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
9690 tp
= inferior_thread ();
9693 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9696 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
9698 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
9699 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
9700 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
9702 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
9704 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
9706 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
));
9707 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
9710 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
9712 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9713 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9714 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9715 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9717 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
9719 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
9720 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
9722 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
9723 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
9724 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
9726 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9727 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9728 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
9732 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9735 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9736 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9738 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9739 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9740 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9741 if clause in the arg string. */
9744 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
9748 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
9751 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9754 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9755 condition string. */
9756 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
9759 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9761 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
9766 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9767 process start/exit, etc. */
9771 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
9772 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
9777 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9778 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9780 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9781 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9782 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
9785 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
9786 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
9787 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
9791 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9793 /* The allowed syntax is:
9795 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9797 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9798 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9800 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9801 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9803 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9804 and enable reporting of such events. */
9807 case catch_fork_temporary
:
9808 case catch_fork_permanent
:
9809 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9810 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
9812 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
9813 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
9814 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9815 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
9818 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9824 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9825 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9827 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
9828 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9830 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9832 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9836 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9838 /* The allowed syntax is:
9840 catch exec if <cond>
9842 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9843 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9845 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9846 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9848 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
9849 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9850 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
9851 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
9853 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
9856 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (&c
->base
);
9857 update_global_location_list (1);
9860 static enum print_stop_action
9861 print_it_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9863 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
9865 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
9867 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9868 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
9869 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
9872 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9874 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
9876 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9877 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9879 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
9880 : " (exception caught), ");
9881 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9883 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9884 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9885 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9886 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9888 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9892 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9893 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9895 struct value_print_options opts
;
9897 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9898 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9901 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
9902 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9904 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
9905 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
9910 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
9911 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
9913 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
9917 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9922 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9923 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9924 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9925 : _("Catchpoint "));
9926 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9927 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
9931 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9932 catch catchpoints. */
9935 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9941 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9942 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9943 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9944 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
9947 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
9951 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
9952 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
9953 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
9954 print_it_exception_catchpoint
,
9955 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
9956 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
9957 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
,
9958 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
9962 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
9963 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
9965 char *trigger_func_name
;
9967 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
9968 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
9970 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
9972 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9973 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
9974 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9975 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
9977 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
9978 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
9985 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9988 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
9989 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
9991 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9995 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9997 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9999 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
10000 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10002 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
10003 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
10004 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
10006 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
10009 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
10012 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
10015 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10017 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10019 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
10022 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
10025 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10027 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10029 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
10032 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
10035 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
10036 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
10040 struct expression
*cond
,
10041 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
10045 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10049 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
10051 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
10053 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
10054 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
10055 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
10056 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
10057 used for different exception names will use the same address.
10058 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
10059 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
10060 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
10061 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
10062 enough for now, though. */
10065 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
10066 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10068 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10069 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
10070 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10071 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
10072 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
10073 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
10074 b
->language
= language_ada
;
10075 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
10076 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
10081 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10082 update_global_location_list (1);
10085 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
10088 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
10089 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10091 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
10093 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10094 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
10095 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
10096 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
10097 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
10098 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
10100 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10104 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
10105 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
10106 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
10107 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
10111 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
10113 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
10115 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
10116 VEC_free (int, iter
);
10119 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
10120 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
10122 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
10124 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
10125 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
10127 while (*arg
!= '\0')
10129 int i
, syscall_number
;
10131 char cur_name
[128];
10134 /* Skip whitespace. */
10135 while (isspace (*arg
))
10138 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
10139 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
10140 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
10143 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
10144 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
10145 if (*endptr
== '\0')
10146 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
10149 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
10151 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
10153 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
10154 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
10155 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
10156 syscall number to be caught. */
10157 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
10160 /* Ok, it's valid. */
10161 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
10164 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
10168 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
10171 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
10172 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10177 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
10179 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
10180 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
10181 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10182 this architecture yet."));
10184 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10186 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10188 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10189 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10190 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10191 for his/her architecture. */
10192 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
10194 /* The allowed syntax is:
10196 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10198 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10201 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
10205 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
10206 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
10209 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
10212 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
10213 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10215 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
10217 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10218 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
10219 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
10221 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10225 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
10226 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
10227 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
10231 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10233 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10238 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10240 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10243 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10246 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10248 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10249 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
10252 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
10253 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10258 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
10263 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
10264 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
10265 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
10266 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10267 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
10268 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
10269 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
10270 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
10271 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
10272 error (_("No source file specified."));
10274 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
10280 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10281 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10282 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10283 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10285 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10286 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10287 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10288 due to optimization, all in one block.
10290 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10291 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10292 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10293 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10294 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10295 to support that. */
10297 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10298 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10299 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10303 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
10305 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10306 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10307 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10310 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10315 1 0 <can't happen> */
10317 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
10319 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10320 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10323 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10324 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
10326 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
10327 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10329 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
10330 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
10331 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
10332 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
10333 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
10334 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
10335 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
10336 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
10337 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
10338 && filename_cmp (b
->source_file
,
10339 sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
10340 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
10341 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
10350 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
10353 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10354 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
10357 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
10359 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10362 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
10363 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10366 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
10367 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10369 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10371 breakpoints_changed ();
10373 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
10376 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
10377 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10380 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10383 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10384 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10385 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10388 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
10390 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
10392 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10393 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
10394 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
10396 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
10398 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
10400 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
10401 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10405 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10406 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10407 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10408 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10409 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10410 qsort being an instable algorithm. */
10413 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
10415 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
10416 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
10417 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10418 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
10419 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
10421 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
10422 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
10424 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10425 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
10426 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
10428 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10429 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10431 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
10432 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
10433 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
10435 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
10438 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10439 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10440 content of the bp_location array. */
10443 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10445 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
10447 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
10448 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
10450 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
10452 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
10454 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
10457 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
10458 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
10460 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
10461 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
10462 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
10463 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
10465 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10467 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
10468 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
10469 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
10470 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
10474 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10475 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10476 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10477 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10478 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10479 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10480 returns true on them.
10482 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10483 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10484 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10485 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10486 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10487 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10490 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
10492 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10493 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
10494 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
10496 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10497 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10498 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10499 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10500 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10502 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
10503 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
10504 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
10505 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
10507 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10508 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10509 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
10510 unsigned old_location_count
;
10512 old_location
= bp_location
;
10513 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
10514 bp_location
= NULL
;
10515 bp_location_count
= 0;
10516 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
10518 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10519 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10520 bp_location_count
++;
10522 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
10523 locp
= bp_location
;
10524 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10525 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10527 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
10528 bp_location_compare
);
10530 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10532 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10533 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10534 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10535 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10536 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10539 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10540 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10542 locp
= bp_location
;
10543 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
10546 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
10547 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
10549 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If
10550 not, we have to free it. */
10551 int found_object
= 0;
10552 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10553 int keep_in_target
= 0;
10556 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10557 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10558 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10559 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
10563 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10564 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
10567 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
10574 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10575 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10576 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10577 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10578 at certain location is not inserted. */
10580 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
10582 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10585 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
10587 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10588 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10589 keep_in_target
= 1;
10593 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10594 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10595 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10596 this one from the target. */
10598 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10599 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
10602 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10603 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
10606 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
10608 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
10610 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
10611 Duplicates check below will fix up this
10613 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
10615 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10616 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10617 supported, but the latter are. */
10618 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
10620 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
10621 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
10624 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
10626 loc2
->inserted
= 1;
10627 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
10628 keep_in_target
= 1;
10636 if (!keep_in_target
)
10638 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
10640 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10641 this location on the global list, and try to
10642 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10643 reason why we will succeed next time.
10645 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10646 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10647 only after calling us. */
10648 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10649 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10650 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
10658 if (removed
&& non_stop
10659 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
10660 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
10662 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10663 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10664 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10665 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10666 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10667 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10668 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10669 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10670 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10671 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10672 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10673 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10674 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10675 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10678 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10679 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10681 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10682 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10683 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10684 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10685 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10686 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10687 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10688 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10689 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10690 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10691 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10692 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10693 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10696 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10697 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10698 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10699 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10701 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10702 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10703 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10704 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10705 traps we can no longer explain. */
10707 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10708 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
10710 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
10714 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
10715 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
10720 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10721 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10722 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10723 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10724 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10725 are sorted first for the same address.
10727 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10728 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10730 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10731 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10732 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10733 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10734 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
10736 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10738 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
10739 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
10741 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
10742 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
10743 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
10745 || loc
->shlib_disabled
10746 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
10747 || is_tracepoint (b
))
10750 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10751 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
10752 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10753 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10754 "actually inserted"));
10756 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
10757 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
10758 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
10759 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
10760 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
10761 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
10763 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
10765 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
10766 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
10767 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
10769 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
10770 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
10774 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
10776 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
10777 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
10778 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10779 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10780 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10783 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10784 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10785 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
10786 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10788 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
10792 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10794 struct bp_location
*loc
;
10797 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
10798 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
10800 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
10801 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
10807 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
10809 struct gdb_exception e
;
10811 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
10812 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
10815 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10818 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
10822 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10823 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
10825 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
10826 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
10827 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10831 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10833 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
10835 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
10837 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
10841 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
10845 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
10847 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10849 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
10851 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
10852 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
10855 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
10856 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
10857 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
10858 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
10859 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
10862 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
10863 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
10864 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
10865 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
10867 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
10870 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
10871 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
10872 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
10874 struct breakpoint
*related
;
10876 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
10877 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt
->related_breakpoint
);
10878 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
10879 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt
);
10881 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
10882 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
10883 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
10884 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
10885 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
10888 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
10889 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
10890 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
10891 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
10893 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
10895 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
10896 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
10898 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10899 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
10901 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
10905 if (bpt
->ops
!= NULL
&& bpt
->ops
->dtor
!= NULL
)
10906 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
10908 decref_counted_command_line (&bpt
->commands
);
10909 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
10910 xfree (bpt
->cond_exp
);
10911 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
10912 xfree (bpt
->addr_string_range_end
);
10914 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
10915 xfree (bpt
->exp_string_reparse
);
10916 value_free (bpt
->val
);
10917 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
10920 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
10922 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
10923 in all threeds for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
10924 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
10925 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
10926 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
10927 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
10928 commands won't work. */
10930 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
10932 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
10933 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
10934 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
10935 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
10936 might be better design to have location completely
10937 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
10938 update_global_location_list (0);
10941 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
10942 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
10943 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
10949 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
10951 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10955 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10957 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
10960 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
10961 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
10964 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10965 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
10969 struct breakpoint
*related
;
10974 struct breakpoint
*next
;
10976 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
10977 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
10979 if (next
== related
)
10981 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
10982 function (related
, data
);
10984 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
10985 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
10990 function (related
, data
);
10994 while (related
!= b
);
10998 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11000 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11003 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11004 delete_breakpoint. */
11007 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11009 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11013 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11015 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11021 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
11023 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
11024 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
11025 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
11026 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11027 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
11029 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
11033 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
11035 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
11037 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11038 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
11039 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11043 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11047 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
11049 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11050 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11055 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
11056 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
11057 Null names are ignored. */
11060 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
11062 struct bp_location
*l
;
11063 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
11064 (int (*) (const void *,
11065 const void *)) streq
,
11066 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
11068 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
11071 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
11073 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
11077 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
11079 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
11083 htab_delete (htab
);
11089 htab_delete (htab
);
11093 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
11094 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
11095 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
11096 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
11097 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
11098 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
11099 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
11100 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
11103 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
11104 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
11105 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
11106 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
11107 in the sources, and output a warning.
11109 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
11110 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
11111 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
11112 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
11113 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
11116 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
11117 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
11118 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
11119 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
11120 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
11121 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
11122 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
11123 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
11124 precisely because it confuses tools). */
11126 static struct symtab_and_line
11127 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
11129 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
11135 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
11137 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
11139 if (strcmp (b
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
11140 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11142 b
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
11144 xfree (b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11145 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
11146 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
11151 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11153 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
11155 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
11156 && b
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
11158 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
11161 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11163 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
11165 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11166 struct symbol
*sym
;
11167 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
11169 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
11171 xfree (b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11172 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
->str_id
);
11174 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11175 "found at previous line number"),
11176 b
->number
, b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11180 sal
.pc
= marker
->address
;
11182 sal
= find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
11183 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (marker
->address
, NULL
);
11184 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
11187 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
11188 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
11189 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
11191 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11192 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
11194 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11196 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
11199 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
11202 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal
.line
);
11203 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11205 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
11207 xfree (b
->source_file
);
11209 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11211 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
11213 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
11214 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11215 sal
.symtab
->filename
, b
->line_number
);
11217 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11220 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
11226 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11227 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11230 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
11234 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11237 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
11240 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
11247 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
11253 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11254 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11255 a ranged breakpoint. */
11258 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11259 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
11260 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
11263 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
11265 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end location. */
11266 gdb_assert (sals_end
.nelts
== 0 || (sals
.nelts
== 1 && sals_end
.nelts
== 1));
11268 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11269 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11270 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11271 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11272 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11273 individual locations. */
11274 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
11279 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
11281 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
11282 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
11284 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11286 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
11289 struct gdb_exception e
;
11291 s
= b
->cond_string
;
11292 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
11294 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
11299 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11300 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11301 b
->number
, e
.message
);
11302 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
11306 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
11307 xfree (b
->source_file
);
11308 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
11309 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
11311 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
11313 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
11314 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
11316 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
11318 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
11320 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
11324 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11325 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
11326 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
11328 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11331 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
11332 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11333 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11334 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11335 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11336 often enough until a better solution is found. */
11337 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
11339 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
11341 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
11343 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
11344 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
11346 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
11347 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
11355 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
11356 if (l
->function_name
11357 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
11367 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
11368 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
11370 update_global_location_list (1);
11373 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
11374 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
11376 static struct symtabs_and_lines
11377 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
11381 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
11382 struct gdb_exception e
;
11385 marker_spec
= b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& is_marker_spec (s
);
11387 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
11391 sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
11392 if (sals
.nelts
> b
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
11394 sals
.sals
[0] = sals
.sals
[b
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
11398 error (_("marker %s not found"), b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11401 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, NULL
);
11405 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
11406 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
11407 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
11408 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
11409 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
11410 state, then user already saw the message about that
11411 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
11413 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
11414 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
11415 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11416 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
11417 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
11419 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
11421 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
11422 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
11423 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
11424 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
11425 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
11426 which approach is better. */
11427 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
11428 throw_exception (e
);
11432 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
11434 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
11436 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
11437 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
11439 char *cond_string
= 0;
11443 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
11444 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
11446 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
11447 b
->thread
= thread
;
11449 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
11452 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !marker_spec
)
11453 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
11463 /* Reevaluate a hardware or software breakpoint and recreate its locations.
11464 This is necessary after symbols are read (e.g., an executable or DSO
11465 was loaded, or the inferior just started). */
11468 re_set_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11471 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
11472 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
11473 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
11474 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11476 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
11477 save_current_space_and_thread ();
11478 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
11479 set_language (b
->language
);
11481 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
11484 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11485 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
11488 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
11490 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
11493 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
11494 expanded_end
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
11498 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
11499 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11502 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
11503 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
11504 Unused in this case. */
11507 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
11509 /* Get past catch_errs. */
11510 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
11515 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
11518 case bp_breakpoint
:
11519 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
11520 case bp_tracepoint
:
11521 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
11522 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
11523 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
11524 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
11525 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
11528 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
11530 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
11531 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11535 re_set_breakpoint (b
);
11538 case bp_watchpoint
:
11539 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11540 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11541 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11542 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
11543 variables, or it can be on local variables.
11545 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and
11546 even persist across program restarts. Since they can use
11547 variables from shared libraries, we need to reparse
11548 expression as libraries are loaded and unloaded.
11550 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as
11551 result of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses
11552 both a local and a global variables in expression, it's a
11553 local watchpoint, but unloading of a shared library will make
11554 the expression invalid. This is not a very common use case,
11555 but we still re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to
11558 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
11559 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
11560 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In
11561 fact, I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
11563 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
11564 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
11566 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
11567 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
11568 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
11570 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
11571 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
11573 case bp_catchpoint
:
11577 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
11579 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
11580 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11581 case bp_overlay_event
:
11582 case bp_longjmp_master
:
11583 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
11584 case bp_exception_master
:
11585 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11588 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11589 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11590 case bp_shlib_event
:
11592 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
11593 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11594 case bp_thread_event
:
11596 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we
11597 step over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the
11598 breakpoints. Otherwise these should have been blown away via
11599 the cleanup chain or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we
11600 rerun the executable. */
11603 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
11604 case bp_call_dummy
:
11605 case bp_std_terminate
:
11606 case bp_step_resume
:
11607 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
11609 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
11611 case bp_exception_resume
:
11613 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
11620 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
11622 breakpoint_re_set (void)
11624 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11625 enum language save_language
;
11626 int save_input_radix
;
11627 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11629 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
11630 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
11631 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
11633 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11635 /* Format possible error msg. */
11636 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
11638 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
11639 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
11640 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11642 set_language (save_language
);
11643 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
11645 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
11647 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11649 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
11650 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
11651 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
11652 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
11655 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
11657 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
11658 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
11660 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11662 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
11664 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
11665 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
11667 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
11668 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
11669 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
11671 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11675 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11676 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11677 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11680 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
11682 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11687 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11688 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
11690 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
11692 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
11693 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
11698 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
11702 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
11703 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
11705 else if (count
== 1)
11706 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
11709 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
11710 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
11713 breakpoints_changed ();
11714 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
11718 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
11721 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
11724 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11730 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
11732 num
= get_number (&p
);
11734 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
11736 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
11738 set_ignore_count (num
,
11739 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
11742 printf_filtered ("\n");
11745 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
11746 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
11749 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
11754 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
11756 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
11759 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
11761 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
11763 while (!state
.finished
)
11765 char *p
= state
.string
;
11769 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
11772 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
11776 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
11777 if (b
->number
== num
)
11780 function (b
, data
);
11784 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
11789 static struct bp_location
*
11790 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
11792 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
11796 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11797 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11802 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
11804 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
11806 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11807 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
11812 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
11813 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
11816 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
11818 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
11822 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
11825 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
11831 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11832 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11833 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11836 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11838 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
11839 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
11840 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
11841 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
11844 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
11845 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
11848 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
11850 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11851 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
11853 struct bp_location
*location
;
11855 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
11856 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
11859 update_global_location_list (0);
11861 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
11864 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
11867 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11869 disable_breakpoint (b
);
11872 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11873 disable_breakpoint. */
11876 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11878 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11882 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11886 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
11888 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
11889 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
11890 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
11892 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
11894 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
11898 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11899 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
11900 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
11901 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
11903 update_global_location_list (0);
11906 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11910 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
11912 int target_resources_ok
;
11914 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
11917 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
11918 target_resources_ok
=
11919 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
11921 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
11922 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
11923 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
11924 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
11927 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
11929 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
11930 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
11931 struct gdb_exception e
;
11933 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11935 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
11936 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11937 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
11941 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
11942 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
11948 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
11949 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11951 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11952 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
11954 struct bp_location
*location
;
11956 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
11957 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
11960 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
11961 update_global_location_list (1);
11962 breakpoints_changed ();
11964 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
11969 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11971 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
11975 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
11977 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
11980 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11981 enable_breakpoint. */
11984 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11986 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11989 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
11990 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
11991 in stopping the inferior. */
11994 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11998 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
12000 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
12001 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
12002 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
12004 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
12006 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
12010 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12011 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
12012 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
12013 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
12015 update_global_location_list (1);
12018 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12022 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
12024 enum bpdisp disp
= *(enum bpdisp
*) arg
;
12026 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp
);
12030 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
12032 enum bpdisp disp
= disp_disable
;
12034 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
12038 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12040 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12044 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
12046 enum bpdisp disp
= disp_del
;
12048 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
12052 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12054 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12058 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12063 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12067 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
12068 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
12072 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
12073 const bfd_byte
*data
)
12075 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
12077 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
12078 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
12079 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
12080 && bp
->val_valid
&& bp
->val
)
12082 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12084 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12085 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
12086 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
12087 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
12089 value_free (bp
->val
);
12096 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
12098 struct symtabs_and_lines
12099 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
12101 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
12104 error (_("Empty line specification."));
12105 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
12106 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
12107 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
12108 default_breakpoint_line
,
12111 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
12112 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, NULL
);
12114 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
12118 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
12119 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
12120 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
12121 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
12125 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12126 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
12128 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
12130 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
12132 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
12133 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
12135 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
12137 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
12145 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12146 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12149 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
12151 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
12154 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
12160 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12163 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
12164 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
12166 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12169 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12170 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12175 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
12177 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
12178 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
12182 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
12183 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
12184 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
12187 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12188 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12189 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12190 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12191 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12192 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12194 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
12195 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
12196 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12197 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
12200 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12201 were inserted or not. */
12204 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12206 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
12207 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
12210 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12213 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12215 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
12217 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12219 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
12220 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
12221 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
12222 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
12224 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
12226 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
12227 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
12228 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
12229 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
12233 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12234 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12235 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12239 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12243 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12244 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
12246 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
12247 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
12248 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
12252 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12256 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12260 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12261 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
12262 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
12263 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
12266 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12270 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
12275 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12277 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
12279 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
12280 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
12288 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12289 non-zero otherwise. */
12291 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
12293 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
12294 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
12295 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
12302 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12304 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
12306 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
12310 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
12312 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
12314 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
12315 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
12317 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
12319 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
12323 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
12325 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
12335 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12337 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
12338 char *text
, char *word
)
12340 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
12342 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
12348 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12350 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12352 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
12354 tracepoint_count
= num
;
12355 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
12359 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12361 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12363 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12365 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12366 0 /* Ignore count */,
12367 pending_break_support
,
12372 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12376 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12378 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12380 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12382 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12383 0 /* Ignore count */,
12384 pending_break_support
,
12389 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12392 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
12395 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12397 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12399 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12401 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12402 0 /* Ignore count */,
12403 pending_break_support
,
12408 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12411 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
12412 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
12414 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
12415 static int next_cmd
;
12418 read_uploaded_action (void)
12422 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
12429 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
12430 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
12431 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
12432 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
12433 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
12435 struct breakpoint
*
12436 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
12438 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
12439 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
12441 if (utp
->at_string
)
12442 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
12445 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
12446 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
12447 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
12449 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
12450 "source location, using raw address"),
12452 sprintf (small_buf
, "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
12453 addr_str
= small_buf
;
12456 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
12457 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
12458 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
12459 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
12462 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12464 utp
->cond_string
, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
12466 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
12467 0 /* Ignore count */,
12468 pending_break_support
,
12471 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
12475 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12477 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
12478 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
12479 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
12483 sprintf (small_buf
, "%d %d", utp
->pass
, tp
->number
);
12485 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
12488 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
12489 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
12490 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
12492 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
12494 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
12499 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
12501 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, cmd_list
);
12503 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
12504 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
12505 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
12506 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
12512 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
12516 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12520 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
12522 if (num_printed
== 0)
12524 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
12525 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
12527 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
12530 default_collect_info ();
12533 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
12534 Not supported by all targets. */
12536 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12538 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
12541 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
12542 Not supported by all targets. */
12544 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12546 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
12549 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
12551 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12553 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12559 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
12561 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
12562 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
12563 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
12565 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12566 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12568 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
12572 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12574 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
12576 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12577 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12578 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12582 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12585 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
12588 trace_pass_set_count (struct breakpoint
*bp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
12590 bp
->pass_count
= count
;
12591 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (bp
->number
);
12593 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
12594 bp
->number
, count
);
12597 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
12599 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
12600 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
12601 Also accepts special argument "all". */
12604 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12606 struct breakpoint
*t1
;
12607 unsigned int count
;
12609 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
12610 error (_("passcount command requires an "
12611 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
12613 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
12615 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
12618 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
12620 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
12622 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12624 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t1
)
12626 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
12629 else if (*args
== '\0')
12631 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
12633 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
12637 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
12639 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
12640 while (!state
.finished
)
12642 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
12644 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
12649 struct breakpoint
*
12650 get_tracepoint (int num
)
12652 struct breakpoint
*t
;
12654 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
12655 if (t
->number
== num
)
12661 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
12662 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
12665 struct breakpoint
*
12666 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
12668 struct breakpoint
*t
;
12670 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
12671 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
12677 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
12678 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
12679 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
12680 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
12681 struct breakpoint
*
12682 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
12683 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
12686 extern int tracepoint_count
;
12687 struct breakpoint
*t
;
12689 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
12693 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
12694 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
12696 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
12699 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
12701 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
12704 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
12708 if (instring
&& *instring
)
12709 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
12712 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
12713 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
12717 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
12718 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
12723 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
12727 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
12728 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
12729 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
12733 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
12734 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
12736 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
12739 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
12740 struct ui_file
*fp
;
12741 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
12743 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
12744 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
12746 /* See if we have anything to save. */
12747 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
12749 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12750 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
12753 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12754 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
12759 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
12761 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
12763 /* We can stop searching. */
12770 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
12774 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
12775 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
12776 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
12778 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
12779 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
12780 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
12782 if (extra_trace_bits
)
12783 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
12785 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
12787 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12788 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
12791 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12792 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
12795 if (tp
->ops
!= NULL
&& tp
->ops
->print_recreate
!= NULL
)
12796 (tp
->ops
->print_recreate
) (tp
, fp
);
12799 if (tp
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12800 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12801 if (tp
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12802 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12803 else if (tp
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12804 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12805 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12806 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12807 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12808 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12809 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12810 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12811 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12812 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12813 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12814 else if (tp
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
12815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
12816 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12817 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
12818 else if (tp
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12819 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
12820 else if (tp
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12821 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
12823 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12824 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12826 if (tp
->exp_string
)
12827 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->exp_string
);
12828 else if (tp
->addr_string
)
12829 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
12834 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
12835 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " *0x%s", tmp
);
12839 if (tp
->thread
!= -1)
12840 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", tp
->thread
);
12843 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", tp
->task
);
12845 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
12847 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
12848 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
12851 if (tp
->cond_string
)
12852 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
12854 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
12855 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
12857 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12858 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12862 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
12864 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
12866 ui_out_redirect (uiout
, fp
);
12867 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
12869 print_command_lines (uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
12871 ui_out_redirect (uiout
, NULL
);
12874 throw_exception (ex
);
12876 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
12879 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
12880 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
12882 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
12883 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
12884 special, and not user visible. */
12885 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
12887 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12890 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
12892 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
12896 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
12897 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
12899 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
12901 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
12904 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
12907 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12909 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
12912 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
12915 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12917 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
12920 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
12922 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
12923 all_tracepoints (void)
12925 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
12926 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
12928 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
12930 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
12937 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
12938 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
12939 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
12941 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
12942 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
12943 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
12944 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
12945 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
12946 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
12947 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
12948 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
12950 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
12951 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
12953 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
12954 conditions are different.\n\
12956 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
12958 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
12959 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
12961 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
12962 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
12964 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
12965 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
12967 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
12968 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
12969 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
12970 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
12971 char *text
, char *word
),
12972 void *user_data_catch
,
12973 void *user_data_tcatch
)
12975 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
12977 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
12979 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
12980 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
12981 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
12983 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
12985 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
12986 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
12987 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
12991 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
12993 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
12994 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
12995 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
12999 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13001 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
13002 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
13003 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
13006 struct breakpoint
*
13007 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
13010 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13012 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13014 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
13022 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
13024 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
13026 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
13027 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
13028 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
13030 breakpoint_objfile_key
= register_objfile_data ();
13032 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
13033 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
13034 before a breakpoint is set. */
13035 breakpoint_count
= 0;
13037 tracepoint_count
= 0;
13039 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
13040 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
13041 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
13043 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13045 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
13046 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
13047 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
13048 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
13049 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
13050 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
13051 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
13052 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
13054 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
13055 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
13056 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
13057 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
13059 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
13060 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
13061 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13062 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
13063 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
13065 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
13066 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13068 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
13069 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13070 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
13071 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
13073 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
13074 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13076 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
13077 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13078 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13079 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
13081 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
13082 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13084 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
13085 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13086 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13087 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13088 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13089 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
13090 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13092 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
13093 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13094 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13095 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13096 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13097 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
13099 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13101 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
13102 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13103 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13104 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13105 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
13106 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
13108 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
13109 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13110 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13113 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
13114 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13115 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13118 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
13119 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13120 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13123 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
13124 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13125 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13128 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
13129 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13130 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13131 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13132 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
13133 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13134 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13135 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13137 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
13138 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13139 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13140 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13141 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
13143 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
13144 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13145 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13146 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13147 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
13148 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13151 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
13152 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13153 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13154 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13156 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13157 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13158 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13159 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13160 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13162 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
13163 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13164 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13165 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13167 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
13168 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13169 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13170 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13171 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13174 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
13175 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
13176 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13177 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
13178 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
13179 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
13181 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
13182 is executing in.\n\
13184 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
13185 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13187 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
13188 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13189 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13190 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13192 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
13193 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
13194 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
13195 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
13198 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13202 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
13203 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13204 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13205 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
13206 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
13207 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
13208 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
13209 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
13210 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13211 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13212 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13213 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13214 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13215 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13216 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13217 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13219 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13220 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13221 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13222 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13223 breakpoint set."));
13226 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
13227 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
13228 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13229 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13230 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13231 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13232 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13233 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13234 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13236 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13237 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13238 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13239 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13240 breakpoint set."));
13242 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
13245 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
13246 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13247 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13248 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13249 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13250 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13251 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13252 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13253 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13255 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13256 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13257 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13258 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13259 breakpoint set."));
13261 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
13262 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13263 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13264 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13265 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13266 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
13267 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
13268 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
13269 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
13270 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13271 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13272 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13273 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13275 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13276 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13277 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13278 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13280 &maintenanceinfolist
);
13282 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
13283 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
13284 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
13285 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
13287 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
13288 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
13289 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
13290 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
13292 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
13293 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
13294 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
13295 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13296 catch_catch_command
,
13300 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
13301 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
13302 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13303 catch_throw_command
,
13307 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
13308 catch_fork_command_1
,
13310 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
13311 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
13312 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
13313 catch_fork_command_1
,
13315 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
13316 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
13317 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
13318 catch_exec_command_1
,
13322 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
13323 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
13324 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
13325 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
13326 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
13327 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
13328 catch_syscall_command_1
,
13329 catch_syscall_completer
,
13332 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
13333 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
13334 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13335 catch_ada_exception_command
,
13339 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
13340 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
13341 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13342 catch_assert_command
,
13347 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
13348 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13349 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13350 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13351 an expression changes.\n\
13352 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13353 the memory to which it refers."));
13354 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
13356 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
13357 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13358 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13359 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13360 an expression is read.\n\
13361 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13362 the memory to which it refers."));
13363 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
13365 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
13366 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13367 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13368 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13369 an expression is either read or written.\n\
13370 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13371 the memory to which it refers."));
13372 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
13374 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
13375 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
13377 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
13378 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
13379 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
13380 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
13381 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13382 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13383 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
13384 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
13385 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
13388 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
13389 &setlist
, &showlist
);
13391 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
13393 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
13395 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
13396 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13398 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
13399 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13400 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13402 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
13403 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
13404 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
13405 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
13407 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
13408 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13410 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
13411 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13412 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13414 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
13415 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
13417 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
13418 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
13419 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
13420 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
13421 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
13422 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
13423 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
13424 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
13425 the selected stack frame.\n\
13426 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
13427 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
13428 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
13429 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
13431 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13433 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13434 conditions are different.\n\
13436 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
13437 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13438 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13440 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
13441 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
13442 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
13443 last tracepoint set."));
13445 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
13447 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
13448 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
13449 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13450 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
13453 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
13454 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
13455 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13456 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
13458 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
13460 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
13461 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
13462 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13463 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
13465 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
13467 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
13468 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
13469 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
13470 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
13471 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
13473 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
13474 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
13475 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
13476 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
13478 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
13479 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
13480 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
13481 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
13482 session to restore them."),
13484 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
13486 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
13487 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
13488 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
13490 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
13492 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
13493 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
13495 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
13496 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13497 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13498 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13499 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
13500 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
13501 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
13502 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13503 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13504 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13505 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
13506 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
13508 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
13509 &pending_break_support
, _("\
13510 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13511 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13512 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
13513 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
13514 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
13515 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
13517 show_pending_break_support
,
13518 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
13519 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
13521 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
13523 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
13524 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
13525 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13526 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13527 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
13528 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
13529 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
13531 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
13532 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
13533 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
13535 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
13536 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
13537 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13538 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13539 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
13540 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
13541 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
13542 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
13543 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
13544 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
13545 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
13546 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
13548 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
13549 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
13550 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
13552 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
13553 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
13554 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
13555 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
13556 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
13557 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
13558 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
13559 or the start of the range\n\
13560 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
13561 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
13562 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
13564 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
13565 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
13566 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
13568 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
13570 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);